WO2024108381A1 - 显示基板以及显示装置 - Google Patents

显示基板以及显示装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024108381A1
WO2024108381A1 PCT/CN2022/133485 CN2022133485W WO2024108381A1 WO 2024108381 A1 WO2024108381 A1 WO 2024108381A1 CN 2022133485 W CN2022133485 W CN 2022133485W WO 2024108381 A1 WO2024108381 A1 WO 2024108381A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pixel
sub
light
color sub
electrode
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/133485
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
李剑波
张微
王玉
邓凯杰
董向丹
Original Assignee
京东方科技集团股份有限公司
成都京东方光电科技有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 京东方科技集团股份有限公司, 成都京东方光电科技有限公司 filed Critical 京东方科技集团股份有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2022/133485 priority Critical patent/WO2024108381A1/zh
Priority to CN202280004511.3A priority patent/CN118435720A/zh
Priority to US18/547,647 priority patent/US20240306434A1/en
Priority to CN202380010203.6A priority patent/CN118383101A/zh
Priority to PCT/CN2023/113736 priority patent/WO2024109196A1/zh
Publication of WO2024108381A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024108381A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00—Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/10—OLED displays
    • H10K59/12—Active-matrix OLED [AMOLED] displays
    • H10K59/122—Pixel-defining structures or layers, e.g. banks
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00—Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10—OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00—Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/30—Devices specially adapted for multicolour light emission
    • H10K59/35—Devices specially adapted for multicolour light emission comprising red-green-blue [RGB] subpixels
    • H10K59/352—Devices specially adapted for multicolour light emission comprising red-green-blue [RGB] subpixels the areas of the RGB subpixels being different
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00—Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/30—Devices specially adapted for multicolour light emission
    • H10K59/35—Devices specially adapted for multicolour light emission comprising red-green-blue [RGB] subpixels
    • H10K59/353—Devices specially adapted for multicolour light emission comprising red-green-blue [RGB] subpixels characterised by the geometrical arrangement of the RGB subpixels

Definitions

  • Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to a display substrate and a display device.
  • a tandem organic light-emitting display device increases the service life and brightness of the light-emitting device and reduces power consumption by adding at least one light-emitting layer and a charge generation layer to the organic light-emitting device, thereby greatly meeting users' requirements for the service life and power consumption of the display device.
  • Embodiments of the present disclosure provide a display substrate and a display device.
  • a display substrate includes a substrate substrate, a plurality of sub-pixels, and a pixel defining pattern.
  • a plurality of sub-pixels are located on the substrate substrate, each of at least some of the sub-pixels includes a light-emitting element, the light-emitting element includes a light-emitting area, the light-emitting element includes a light-emitting functional layer and a first electrode and a second electrode located on both sides of the light-emitting functional layer in a direction perpendicular to the substrate substrate, the first electrode is located between the light-emitting functional layer and the substrate substrate, the light-emitting functional layer includes a plurality of film layers, and the second electrode covers the light-emitting area of each sub-pixel; the pixel defining pattern is located between the second electrode and the substrate substrate, and is located on the side of the first electrode away from the substrate substrate, the pixel defining pattern includes a plurality of first openings, one sub-pixel corresponds to at least
  • the pixel defining pattern also includes a plurality of second openings, the plurality of second openings are located between at least some of the sub-pixels, and at least one layer of the light-emitting functional layer and at least part of the second electrode are disconnected at the second opening.
  • At least one isolation portion is provided in each second opening, and at least one layer of the light-emitting functional layer and at least a portion of the second electrode are disconnected at the isolation portion.
  • a gap is provided between the orthographic projection of a portion of the edge of the isolation portion on the base substrate and the orthographic projection of the edge of the second opening where the isolation portion is located on the base substrate.
  • the distances between the two edges of the light emitting regions of the sub-pixels located on both sides of the isolation portion in a direction perpendicular to the extension of the isolation portion and the edge of the isolation portion exposed by the second opening are different.
  • At least one second opening is disposed around a light emitting area of at least one sub-pixel.
  • the portion of the second electrode surrounding the second opening includes a closed ring structure.
  • the second electrode overlapping the light-emitting region of the sub-pixel and the second electrode located at the second opening away from the light-emitting region are continuous structures.
  • the second electrodes of the sub-pixels located on both sides of the isolation portion in a direction perpendicular to the extension direction of the isolation portion are connected at positions outside the second opening.
  • the second opening surrounding the light-emitting area of at least one sub-pixel is a non-closed ring structure.
  • the shape of the light-emitting area of at least one sub-pixel includes a polygon, and the second opening is provided on a side of each side of the polygon away from the center of the light-emitting area.
  • the boundary of the second opening includes a portion where the extension direction intersects both the row direction and the column direction.
  • the edge of the second opening includes a portion whose extending direction is parallel to one of the row direction and the column direction.
  • the multiple sub-pixels include a plurality of first color sub-pixels, a plurality of second color sub-pixels, and a plurality of third color sub-pixels
  • the multiple sub-pixels are arranged as a plurality of first sub-pixel groups and a plurality of second sub-pixel groups alternately arranged along a first direction
  • each first sub-pixel group includes the first color sub-pixels and the second color sub-pixels alternately arranged along a second direction
  • each second sub-pixel group includes the third color sub-pixels arranged along the second direction
  • the first direction intersects with the second direction.
  • the second opening includes a non-closed annular first opening portion surrounding at least one first color sub-pixel, and the non-closed annular first opening portion is provided with a first notch, and the first notch is arranged opposite to at least one of the edges and corners of the first color sub-pixel.
  • the second opening includes a non-closed annular second opening portion surrounding at least one second color sub-pixel, and the non-closed annular second opening portion is provided with a second notch, and the second notch is arranged opposite to at least one of the edges and corners of the second color sub-pixel.
  • the second opening includes a non-closed ring-shaped third opening portion surrounding at least one third color sub-pixel, and the non-closed ring-shaped third opening portion is provided with a third gap, and the third gap is arranged opposite to at least one of the edges and corners of the third color sub-pixel.
  • the first opening is located between the first color sub-pixel and the third color sub-pixel that are adjacent to each other, or the first opening is located between the first color sub-pixel and the second color sub-pixel that are adjacent to each other.
  • the second opening portion is located between the second color sub-pixel and the third color sub-pixel that are adjacent to each other, or the second opening portion is located between the first color sub-pixel and the second color sub-pixel that are adjacent to each other.
  • the third opening is located between the second color sub-pixel and the third color sub-pixel that are adjacent to each other, or the second opening is located between the first color sub-pixel and the third color sub-pixel that are adjacent to each other.
  • the size of the first notch is different from the size of the second notch.
  • the first color sub-pixel and the second color sub-pixel include adjacently arranged first opening portions and second opening portions, the minimum distance between the adjacently arranged first opening portions and the second opening portions is a first spacing distance, the maximum spacing distance of the first opening portions surrounding the first color sub-pixel in the arrangement direction of the adjacently arranged first opening portions and the second opening portions is a second spacing distance, the maximum spacing distance of the second opening portions surrounding the second color sub-pixel in the arrangement direction of the adjacently arranged first opening portions and the second opening portions is a third spacing distance, and the second spacing distance and the third spacing distance are both greater than the first spacing distance.
  • the display substrate also includes an insulating layer located between the pixel defining pattern and the base substrate, the isolation portion is located on a surface of the insulating layer away from the base substrate, and the insulating layer is arranged in a position other than the isolation portion in the second opening.
  • At least one film layer of the light-emitting functional layer includes a charge generating layer
  • the light-emitting functional layer includes a first light-emitting layer, the charge generating layer and a second light-emitting layer that are stacked, and the charge generating layer is located between the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer, and the charge generating layer is disconnected at the edge of the isolation portion.
  • Another embodiment of the present disclosure provides a display device, comprising any of the above-mentioned display substrates.
  • 1-3 are schematic diagrams of a partial planar structure of a display substrate provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG4A is a schematic diagram of a partial cross-sectional structure taken along line AA’ shown in FIG1 .
  • 4B-4D are schematic diagrams of partial cross-sectional structures including isolation parts provided according to different examples of the embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a pixel defining pattern provided on the isolation portion shown in FIG. 4C .
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic enlarged diagram of a light emitting area of a first color sub-pixel shown in FIG. 1 .
  • FIGS. 7-8 are schematic diagrams of a partial planar structure of another display substrate provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 9-10 are schematic diagrams of a partial planar structure of another display substrate provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 11-12 are schematic diagrams of a partial planar structure of another display substrate provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIGS. 13A-13B are schematic diagrams of a partial planar structure of another display substrate provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 14A is a schematic diagram of a partial planar structure of another display substrate provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 14B is a partial enlarged view of the display substrate shown in FIG. 14A .
  • 15-16 are schematic diagrams of a partial planar structure of another display substrate provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 17-18 are schematic diagrams of a partial planar structure of another display substrate provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic block diagram of a display device according to another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the features such as “parallel”, “perpendicular” and “identical” used in the embodiments of the present disclosure include the features such as “parallel”, “perpendicular”, “identical” in a strict sense, as well as the cases where "approximately parallel”, “approximately perpendicular”, “approximately identical” and the like contain certain errors, taking into account the errors associated with the measurement and the measurement of specific quantities (for example, the limitations of the measurement system), and are expressed as within the acceptable deviation range for a specific value determined by a person of ordinary skill in the art. For example, “approximately” can mean within one or more standard deviations, or within 10% or 5% of the value.
  • the component can be one or more, or can be understood as at least one.
  • At least one refers to one or more, and “plurality” refers to at least two.
  • the light-emitting functional layer of the light-emitting element may include a plurality of light-emitting layers stacked in layers, wherein a charge generation layer (CGL) is disposed between at least two layers of the plurality of light-emitting layers, and the charge generation layer has a relatively large conductivity.
  • CGL charge generation layer
  • the charge generation layer of two adjacent light-emitting elements is a continuous film layer, and there is a phenomenon of lateral charge migration, which causes spectral crosstalk in the display substrate at low grayscales, such as easily causing crosstalk between adjacent sub-pixels, resulting in color deviation in the display substrate.
  • the charge generation layer easily causes crosstalk between sub-pixels of different colors at low brightness, resulting in low grayscale color deviation.
  • the second electrode in the display substrate is a whole-surface film layer, there is a phenomenon of lateral charge migration, which causes spectral crosstalk in the display substrate at low grayscales, resulting in uneven colors in the display substrate, which has a significant impact on the uniformity of the display product.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure provides a display substrate and a display device.
  • the display substrate includes a substrate and a plurality of sub-pixels located on the substrate, each sub-pixel in at least some of the sub-pixels includes a light-emitting element, the light-emitting element includes a light-emitting area, the light-emitting element includes a light-emitting function layer and a first electrode and a second electrode located on both sides of the light-emitting function layer in a direction perpendicular to the substrate, the first electrode is located between the light-emitting function layer and the substrate, and the light-emitting function layer includes a plurality of film layers.
  • An isolation portion is provided between at least two adjacent sub-pixels, at least one layer of the light-emitting function layer and at least a portion of the second electrode are disconnected at the edge of the isolation portion, and the second electrodes of the adjacent sub-pixels are at least partially continuously provided to form a mesh path; the length of the orthogonal projection of the second electrode in at least some of the sub-pixels on the substrate in one direction is greater than the sum of the sizes of the orthogonal projections of the light-emitting areas of the sub-pixels arranged along the direction on the substrate, the mesh path includes a plurality of paths arranged crosswise, at least one path is a path with uneven width, and the width of the portion overlapping with the light-emitting area in the path with uneven width is greater than the width of the portion overlapping with at least a portion of the position outside the light-emitting area.
  • the isolation portion provided in the display substrate provided by the present invention isolates at least one layer of the light-emitting functional layer and at least a part of the second electrode, and at the same time, the shape of the isolation portion is set so that the second electrode forms a mesh path, and the width of the mesh path at the position corresponding to the light-emitting area is set wider to improve the matching relationship between the isolation portion and the sub-pixel arrangement, thereby achieving the improvement of the conduction effect of the second electrode while reducing the crosstalk generated between adjacent sub-pixels, and ensuring that the resistance of the second electrode does not increase as much as possible, which is beneficial to avoid the display substrate from having problems such as excessive power consumption and brightness uniformity.
  • An embodiment of the present disclosure provides a display substrate, comprising: a base substrate; a plurality of sub-pixels located on the base substrate, wherein each of at least some of the sub-pixels comprises a light-emitting element, wherein the light-emitting element comprises a light-emitting area, wherein the light-emitting element comprises a light-emitting functional layer and a first electrode and a second electrode located on both sides of the light-emitting functional layer along a direction perpendicular to the base substrate, wherein the first electrode is located between the light-emitting functional layer and the base substrate, and the light-emitting functional layer comprises a plurality of film layers.
  • An isolation portion is provided between at least two adjacent sub-pixels, at least one layer of the light-emitting functional layer and at least a portion of the second electrode are disconnected at the edge of the isolation portion, and the second electrodes of adjacent sub-pixels are at least partially continuously provided to form a mesh path;
  • the mesh path includes a plurality of paths arranged crosswise, at least one path is a path arranged with uneven width, at least a portion of the edge of the path arranged with uneven width is the edge of the isolation portion, the path arranged with uneven width includes a first path portion overlapping the light-emitting area and a second path portion located outside the light-emitting area, a straight line perpendicular to an extension direction of the path arranged with uneven width includes a first straight line passing through an orthographic projection of the first path portion on the substrate and a second straight line passing through an orthographic projection of the second path portion on the substrate, a length of a line connecting two intersection points of the first straight line and the orthographic projection of the edge of the isolation portion
  • the isolation portion provided in the display substrate provided by the present invention isolates at least one layer of the light-emitting functional layer and at least a part of the second electrode, and at the same time, the shape of the isolation portion is set so that the second electrode forms a mesh path, and the distance between the edges of the isolation portions on both sides of the first path portion at the position corresponding to the light-emitting area in the mesh path is not less than the distance between the edges of the isolation portions on both sides of the second path portion outside the corresponding light-emitting area, thereby achieving the goal of reducing the crosstalk generated between adjacent sub-pixels while improving the conduction effect of the second electrode, ensuring that the resistance of the second electrode does not increase as much as possible, which is beneficial to avoiding the problem of excessive power consumption and brightness uniformity of the display substrate.
  • Figures 1 to 3 are schematic diagrams of a partial planar structure of a display substrate provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 4A is a schematic diagram of a partial cross-sectional structure taken along line AA' shown in Figure 1.
  • Figure 1 shows a first electrode of a light-emitting element, but does not show a second electrode of the light-emitting element
  • Figures 2 and 3 show a second electrode of a light-emitting element, but do not show a first electrode of the light-emitting element.
  • the display substrate includes a substrate substrate 01 and a plurality of sub-pixels 10 located on the substrate substrate 01.
  • Each sub-pixel 10 in at least some of the sub-pixels 10 includes a light-emitting element 100, the light-emitting element 100 includes a light-emitting area 101, the light-emitting element 100 includes a light-emitting functional layer 130 and a first electrode 110 and a second electrode 120 located on both sides of the light-emitting functional layer 130 in a direction perpendicular to the substrate substrate 01 (Z direction as shown in FIG.
  • the first electrode 110 is located between the light-emitting functional layer 130 and the substrate substrate 01
  • the second electrode 120 is located on the side of the light-emitting functional layer 130 away from the substrate substrate 01
  • the light-emitting functional layer 130 includes a plurality of film layers.
  • the light-emitting functional layer 130 includes a charge generation layer 133.
  • the light-emitting element 100 may be an organic light-emitting element.
  • each sub-pixel located in the display area includes a light-emitting element.
  • an isolating portion 210 is provided between at least two adjacent sub-pixels 10, at least one layer of the light-emitting functional layer 130 and at least a portion of the second electrode 120 are disconnected at the edge of the isolating portion 210, and the second electrodes 120 of the adjacent sub-pixels 10 are at least partially continuously provided to form a mesh path 30.
  • an isolating portion 210 is provided between any adjacent sub-pixels 10.
  • the second electrodes 120 at least at the position where the isolating portion 210 is not provided between the adjacent sub-pixels 10 are continuously provided.
  • the orthographic projection of the second electrode 120 in at least some of the sub-pixels 10 on the base substrate 01 is a full-surface structure.
  • the length of the orthogonal projection of the second electrode 120 in at least some of the sub-pixels 10 on the substrate 01 in one direction is greater than the sum of the sizes of the orthogonal projections of the light-emitting areas 101 of the sub-pixels 10 arranged along the direction on the substrate 01.
  • the above-mentioned "one direction" includes a row direction or a column direction.
  • one of the X direction and the Y direction shown in the figure can be a row direction, and the other can be a column direction.
  • the mesh passage 30 includes a plurality of passages 300 arranged crosswise, at least one passage 300 is a passage 300 with uneven width, at least one passage 300 is a passage 300 with uneven width, and the width of the portion overlapping with the light-emitting area 101 in the passage 300 with uneven width is greater than the width of the portion overlapping with at least a portion of the position outside the light-emitting area 101.
  • the orthographic projection of the position with the widest width in at least one passage 300 on the substrate substrate 01 overlaps with the orthographic projection of the light-emitting area 101 on the substrate substrate 01.
  • the widths of the passages 300 corresponding to different light-emitting areas 101 may be different.
  • the isolation portion provided in the display substrate provided by the present invention isolates at least one layer of the light-emitting functional layer and at least a part of the second electrode, and at the same time, the shape of the isolation portion is set so that the second electrode forms a mesh path, and the width of the mesh path at the position corresponding to the light-emitting area is set wider to improve the matching relationship between the isolation portion and the sub-pixel arrangement, thereby achieving the reduction of crosstalk between adjacent sub-pixels while improving the conduction effect of the second electrode, which is beneficial to avoid the display substrate from having problems of excessive power consumption and brightness uniformity.
  • network path means that when the entire second electrode is formed after the isolation portion is formed, the second electrode will be disconnected at at least one isolation portion position, and the continuous part of the second electrode except the disconnection position forms a overlapping channel of a network structure, which is a channel for transmitting charges and forms a charge path.
  • Adjacent sub-pixels in any embodiment of the present disclosure means that no other sub-pixel 10 is arranged between two sub-pixels 10 .
  • the light-emitting functional layer 130 may include a first light-emitting layer (EML) 131, a charge generation layer (CGL) 133, and a second light-emitting layer (EML) 132, which are stacked, and the charge generation layer 133 is located between the first light-emitting layer 131 and the second light-emitting layer 132.
  • the charge generation layer has strong conductivity, which can make the light-emitting functional layer have the advantages of long life, low power consumption, and high brightness. For example, compared with a light-emitting functional layer without a charge generation layer, the sub-pixel can increase the light-emitting brightness by nearly doubling by setting a charge generation layer in the light-emitting functional layer.
  • the light-emitting element 100 of the same sub-pixel 10 can be a tandem light-emitting element, such as a Tandem OLED.
  • the charge generation layer 133 may include an N-type charge generation layer and a P-type charge generation layer.
  • the light emitting functional layer 130 may further include a hole injection layer (HIL), a hole transport layer (HTL), an electron transport layer (ETL), and an electron injection layer (EIL).
  • HIL hole injection layer
  • HTL hole transport layer
  • ETL electron transport layer
  • EIL electron injection layer
  • the hole injection layer, the hole transport layer, the electron transport layer, the electron injection layer, and the charge generation layer 133 are all common layers of the plurality of sub-pixels 10, and can be referred to as common layers.
  • the second electrode 120 in the plurality of sub-pixels 10 can be a common electrode shared by the plurality of sub-pixels 10, and when no isolation portion 210 is provided between the two adjacent sub-pixels 10, the second electrode 120 is a whole layer.
  • the first electrode 110 may be an anode
  • the second electrode 120 may be a cathode
  • the cathode may be formed of a material with high conductivity and low work function, for example, the cathode may be made of a metal material.
  • the anode may be formed of a transparent conductive material with a high work function.
  • At least one film layer in the light-emitting functional layer 130 that is disconnected at the edge of the isolation portion 210 may be at least one film layer in the common layer.
  • all film layers of the light-emitting functional layer 130 and the second electrode 120 are disconnected by the isolation portion 210.
  • the common layer and the second electrode may be film layers formed using an open mask.
  • the second light-emitting layer 132 may be located between the first light-emitting layer 131 and the second electrode 120, and the hole injection layer may be located between the first electrode 110 and the first light-emitting layer 131.
  • an electron transport layer may be provided between the charge generation layer 133 and the first light-emitting layer 131.
  • a hole transport layer may be provided between the second light-emitting layer 132 and the charge generation layer 133.
  • an electron transport layer and an electron injection layer may be provided between the second light-emitting layer 132 and the second electrode 120.
  • the first light-emitting layer 131 and the second light-emitting layer 132 may be light-emitting layers that emit the same color of light.
  • the first light-emitting layer 131 in the sub-pixel 10 that emits light of different colors emits light of different colors.
  • the second light-emitting layer 132 in the sub-pixel 10 that emits light of different colors emits light of different colors.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure are not limited thereto.
  • the first light-emitting layer 131 and the second light-emitting layer 132 may be light-emitting layers that emit light of different colors.
  • the light emitted by the multiple light-emitting layers included in the sub-pixel 10 can be mixed into white light, and the color of the light emitted from each sub-pixel can be adjusted by setting a color filter layer.
  • the plurality of sub-pixels 10 include sub-pixels 10 of different colors, and the widths of the overlapping portions of the passage 300 and the light-emitting regions 101 of the sub-pixels of different colors 10 are different.
  • the sub-pixels of different colors may include blue sub-pixels, red sub-pixels, and green sub-pixels, and the width of the overlapping portion of the passage with the light-emitting region of the blue sub-pixel may be greater than the width of the overlapping portion of the passage with the light-emitting region of the green sub-pixel, but the embodiments of the present disclosure are not limited thereto.
  • the width of the passage of the second electrode overlapping the light-emitting region of the color sub-pixel may be set wider.
  • the certain color sub-pixel mentioned above may be a green sub-pixel.
  • the light-emitting layers on the same side of the charge generation layer 133 may overlap or be spaced apart.
  • the light-emitting layers on the same side of the charge generation layer 133 may be spaced apart at the edge of the isolation portion 210, but not limited thereto, in adjacent sub-pixels 10, the light-emitting layers on the same side of the charge generation layer 133 may overlap or be spaced apart on the pixel defining portion (described later).
  • the material of the electron transport layer may include aromatic heterocyclic compounds, such as imidazole derivatives such as benzimidazole derivatives, imidazopyridine derivatives, and benzimidazolephenanthridine derivatives; oxazine derivatives such as pyrimidine derivatives and triazine derivatives; quinoline derivatives, isoquinoline derivatives, phenanthroline derivatives, and the like containing nitrogen-containing six-membered ring structures (including compounds having phosphine oxide-based substituents on the heterocyclic ring), etc.
  • aromatic heterocyclic compounds such as imidazole derivatives such as benzimidazole derivatives, imidazopyridine derivatives, and benzimidazolephenanthridine derivatives
  • oxazine derivatives such as pyrimidine derivatives and triazine derivatives
  • the material of the charge generation layer 133 may be a material containing a phosphorus oxygen group or a material containing triazine.
  • the ratio of the electron mobility of the material of the charge generation layer 133 to the electron mobility of the electron transport layer is 10 ⁇ 2 to 10 2 .
  • At least one layer of the light-emitting functional layer 130 may be a charge generation layer 133, the first charge generation layer orthographic projection of the charge generation layer 133 on the substrate 01 is continuous, and the second charge generation layer orthographic projection on the plane perpendicular to the substrate 01 (such as the ZV plane) is discontinuous.
  • the charge generation layer 133 may include a portion located on the isolation portion 210 and a portion not located on the isolation portion 210, and the two portions are disconnected at the edge of the isolation portion 210.
  • the first charge generation layer orthographic projections of the two portions on the substrate 01 may be connected or overlapped, and the first charge generation layer orthographic projection is continuous.
  • the light-emitting functional layer 130 includes at least one light-emitting layer
  • the film layer disconnected at the isolation portion 210 in the light-emitting functional layer 130 includes at least one light-emitting layer and at least one other film layer
  • the area of the orthographic projection of the at least one other film layer that is disconnected on the base substrate 01 is larger than the area of the orthographic projection of the at least one light-emitting layer that is disconnected on the base substrate 01
  • the area of the portion of the isolation portion 210 covered by the at least one other film layer that is disconnected is larger than the area of the portion of the isolation portion 210 covered by the at least one light-emitting layer that is disconnected.
  • the orthographic projection of at least one of the plurality of film layers included in the second electrode 120 and the light-emitting functional layer 130 on the base substrate 01 overlaps with the orthographic projection of the isolation portion 210 on the base substrate 01 .
  • At least one layer of the plurality of film layers included in the light emitting functional layer 130 at least partially covers a portion of the side surface of the isolation portion 210 .
  • the display substrate further includes a pixel defining pattern 400 and an insulating layer 500.
  • the pixel defining pattern 400 is located on a side of the first electrode 110 of the light emitting element 100 away from the substrate 01; the insulating layer 500 is located between the pixel defining pattern 400 and the substrate 01.
  • the pixel defining pattern 400 includes a plurality of first openings 410, one sub-pixel 10 corresponds to at least one first opening 410, the light emitting element 100 of the sub-pixel 10 is at least partially located in the first opening 410 corresponding to the sub-pixel 10, and the first opening 410 is configured to expose the first electrode 110.
  • the pixel defining pattern 400 includes a pixel defining portion 401 surrounding the first opening 410.
  • the first electrode 110 and the second electrode 120 located on both sides of the light-emitting functional layer 130 can drive the light-emitting functional layer 130 in the first opening 410 to emit light.
  • the first opening 410 of the pixel defining pattern 400 is used to define the light-emitting area 101 of the light-emitting element 100, and the middle area outline of each sub-pixel 10 in FIG1 to FIG3 illustrates the light-emitting area 101.
  • the outline surrounding the light-emitting area 101 in FIG1 is the first electrode 110.
  • the light emitting area 101 may refer to an area where a sub-pixel effectively emits light, and the shape of the light emitting area refers to a two-dimensional shape.
  • the shape of the light emitting area may be the same as the shape of the first opening 410 of the pixel defining pattern 400 .
  • the material of the pixel defining portion 401 may include polyimide, acryl, polyethylene terephthalate, or the like.
  • the pixel defining pattern 400 further includes a second opening 420, the second opening 420 being configured to expose the isolation portion 210, the isolation portion 210 being located between the light-emitting functional layer 130 and the insulating layer 500.
  • the pixel defining portion 401 surrounds the second opening 420.
  • the second opening 420 is located between adjacent sub-pixels 10.
  • at least one second opening 420 is provided between adjacent first openings 410.
  • the orthographic projection of the isolation portion 210 on the base substrate 01 does not overlap with the orthographic projection of the pixel defining portion 401 on the base substrate 01.
  • the pixel defining portion 401 other than the first opening 410 and the second opening 420 in the pixel defining pattern 400 may be a continuous structure.
  • the display substrate further includes a defining structure 200 located between the light-emitting functional layer 130 and the insulating layer 500.
  • the defining structure 200 surrounds the light-emitting region 101 of each sub-pixel 10 in at least a portion of the sub-pixels 10, at least a portion of the defining structure 200 is located on a side of the first electrode 110 away from the base substrate 01, and a portion of the defining structure 200 exposed by the second opening 420 includes an isolation portion 210.
  • the isolation portion 210 is a portion of the defining structure 200, and in a direction perpendicular to the base substrate 01, the portion of the defining structure 200 overlapping with the pixel defining portion 401 is a portion other than the isolation portion 210 that is not used to isolate at least one layer of the light-emitting functional layer 130.
  • the isolation portion 210 does not overlap with the first electrode 110 of the light emitting element 10.
  • the isolation portion 210 may be disposed in the same layer as the first electrode 110, such as the first electrode 110 and the isolation portion 210 may both be disposed on the surface of the insulating layer 500 away from the base substrate 01.
  • a portion of the defining structure 200 covers an edge of the first electrode 110, such as covering a circle of edges of the first electrode 110 or a portion of the circle of edges, which is beneficial to preventing the first electrode edge material (such as silver ions) from falling off.
  • a portion of the defining structure 200 covering the first electrode 110 is covered by the pixel defining portion 401, that is, a portion of the defining structure 200 covering the first electrode 110 is located in the area between the first opening 410 and the second opening 420.
  • the defining structures 200 surrounding the light-emitting regions 101 of different sub-pixels 10 may be an integrated structure.
  • the plurality of sub-pixels 10 include a plurality of rows of sub-pixels arranged along the X direction, and the defining structures 200 corresponding to every two rows of sub-pixels may be an integrated structure, such as the defining structures 200 corresponding to the first row of sub-pixels and the second row of sub-pixels may be an integrated structure, and a gap is provided between the defining structures 200 corresponding to the third row of sub-pixels and the defining structures 200 corresponding to the second row of sub-pixels.
  • the patterning of the defining structures may be facilitated.
  • the defining structure 200 includes three stacked film layers, such as a first defining structure layer 201, a second defining structure layer 202 and a third defining structure layer 203, and the edges of the first defining structure layer 201 and the third defining structure layer 203 at the position of the isolation portion 210 both protrude outward relative to the edge of the second defining structure layer 202, so that at least one layer of the light-emitting functional layer 130 is disconnected at the edge of the first defining structure layer 201.
  • the material of the defining structure 200 includes an inorganic non-metallic material.
  • the material of the defining structure 200 may include any one or more of silicon nitride, silicon oxide, or silicon oxynitride.
  • the material of the first defining structure layer 201 and the third defining structure layer 203 may include silicon oxide, and the material of the second defining structure layer 202 may include silicon nitride.
  • the thickness of the definition structure 200 may be less than the thickness of the first electrode 110.
  • the thickness of the definition structure 200 may be greater than 400 angstroms.
  • FIG4A does not show other film layers between the insulating layer and the base substrate.
  • pixel circuits electrically connected to the light-emitting elements, various signal lines, and other insulating layers may be arranged between the insulating layer and the base substrate.
  • other insulating layers may include a planarization layer, a passivation layer, a buffer layer, a gate insulating layer, an interlayer insulating layer, and the like.
  • FIGS. 4B-4D are schematic diagrams of partial cross-sectional structures including an isolation portion provided according to different examples of the embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG4B-4D do not show a pixel defining pattern
  • FIG5 is a schematic diagram of a structure in which a pixel defining pattern is provided on the isolation portion shown in FIG4C
  • the isolation portion 210 shown in the figure may be a case in which the defining structure is completely exposed by the opening of the pixel defining pattern.
  • FIGS. 4B-5 is different from the example shown in FIG. 4A in that at least a portion of the definition structure 200 is located between the first electrode 110 and the insulating layer 500 .
  • the insulating layer 500 includes a protrusion 510 on the side away from the base substrate 01 , the orthographic projection of the protrusion 510 on the base substrate 01 overlaps with the orthographic projection of the isolation portion 210 on the base substrate 01 , and the isolation portion 210 contacts the protrusion 510 .
  • the material of the isolation portion 210 includes an inorganic non-metallic material
  • the material of the insulating layer 500 includes an organic material.
  • the orthographic projection of the protrusion 510 on the base substrate 01 is completely within the orthographic projection of the isolation portion 210 on the base substrate 01 .
  • At least one side edge of the isolation portion 210 protrudes relative to the edge of the protrusion 510 to separate the film layer.
  • the edge of the isolation portion 210 may also be flush with the edge of the protrusion 510.
  • at least part of the edge of the isolation portion protrudes less than 1 micron relative to the edge of the protrusion.
  • at least part of the edge of the isolation portion protrudes less than 0.08 micron relative to the edge of the protrusion.
  • at least part of the edge of the isolation portion protrudes less than 0.05 micron relative to the edge of the protrusion.
  • at least part of the edge of the isolation portion protrudes less than 0.02 micron relative to the edge of the protrusion.
  • the isolation portion 210 includes a first isolation structure layer 2011, a second isolation structure layer 2012, and a third isolation structure layer 2013, which are stacked in sequence, and the edge of the first isolation structure layer 2011 and the edge of the third isolation structure layer 2013 are both protruding relative to the edge of the second isolation structure layer 2012.
  • the edge of the second isolation structure layer 2012 is not less than 0.05 microns inwardly shrunk relative to the edge of the first isolation structure layer 2011.
  • the edge of the second isolation structure layer 2012 is not less than 0.08 microns inwardly shrunk relative to the edge of the first isolation structure layer 2011.
  • the edge of the second isolation structure layer 2012 is not less than 0.1 microns inwardly shrunk relative to the edge of the first isolation structure layer 2011.
  • the edge of the second isolation structure layer 2012 is not less than 0.15 microns inwardly shrunk relative to the edge of the first isolation structure layer 2011.
  • the edge of the second isolation structure layer 2012 is not less than 0.2 microns inwardly shrunk relative to the edge of the first isolation structure layer 2011.
  • the edge of the second isolation structure layer 2012 is retracted by no less than 0.5 micrometers relative to the edge of the first isolation structure layer 2011.
  • the thickness of the isolation portion 210 may be 150 to 5000 angstroms.
  • the thickness of the isolation portion 210 may be 200 to 500 angstroms.
  • the thickness of the isolation portion 210 may be 300 to 1000 angstroms.
  • the thickness of the isolation portion 210 may be 400 to 2000 angstroms.
  • the thickness of the isolation portion 210 may be 600 to 1500 angstroms.
  • the thickness of the protrusion 510 may be 400 to 5000 angstroms.
  • the thickness of the protrusion 510 may be 450 to 4000 angstroms.
  • the thickness of the protrusion 510 may be 500 to 3000 angstroms.
  • the thickness of the protrusion 510 may be 600 to 2000 angstroms.
  • the dimension of the middle position of the protrusion 510 in the direction parallel to the base substrate 01, as shown in FIG4B , in the X direction is smaller than the dimension of the two side positions of the protrusion 510 in the direction.
  • the inward dimension of the middle position of the protrusion 510 relative to the two side positions is greater than 0.01 microns.
  • the inward dimension of the middle position of the protrusion 510 relative to the two side positions is greater than 0.02 microns.
  • the inward dimension of the middle position of the protrusion 510 relative to the two side positions is greater than 0.03 microns.
  • the inward dimension of the middle position of the protrusion 510 relative to the two side positions is greater than 0.05 microns.
  • the insulating layer 500 includes a flat portion 520 at a position other than the protrusion 510, and the portion of the protrusion 510 connected to the flat portion 520 may be a recessed portion to better isolate the common layer.
  • the edge of the protrusion 510 may be an inclined side edge, and the angle between the side edge and the flat portion is not greater than 150 degrees, so that the protrusion and the isolation portion can jointly isolate the common layer.
  • the angle between the side edge and the flat portion is not greater than 140 degrees.
  • the angle between the side edge and the flat portion is not greater than 130 degrees.
  • the angle between the side edge and the flat portion is not greater than 120 degrees.
  • the angle between the side edge and the flat portion is not greater than 110 degrees.
  • the angle between the side edge and the flat portion is not greater than 100 degrees.
  • At least one side edge of the third isolation structure layer 2013 protrudes relative to at least one side edge of the protrusion 510.
  • at least one side edge of the first isolation structure layer 2011 protrudes relative to at least one side edge of the third isolation structure layer 2013 to achieve a better isolation effect on the common layer.
  • the size of at least one side edge of the first isolation structure layer 2011 protruding relative to at least one side edge of the third isolation structure layer 2013 is not less than 0.08 microns.
  • the size of at least one side edge of the first isolation structure layer 2011 protruding relative to at least one side edge of the third isolation structure layer 2013 is not less than 0.1 microns.
  • the size of at least one side edge of the first isolation structure layer 2011 protruding relative to at least one side edge of the third isolation structure layer 2013 is not less than 0.15 microns.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure are not limited thereto, and the edge of the protrusion may protrude a very small size relative to the edge of the third isolation structure layer.
  • the display substrate shown in Fig. 4C is different from the display substrate shown in Fig. 4B in that the number of film layers included in the isolation portion 210 is different.
  • the protrusion shown in Fig. 4C may have the same features as the protrusion shown in Fig. 4B, which will not be described in detail.
  • the isolation portion 210 includes a film layer.
  • the thickness of the isolation portion 210 may be 100 to 5000 angstroms.
  • the thickness of the isolation portion 210 may be 200 to 4000 angstroms.
  • the thickness of the isolation portion 210 may be 300 to 3500 angstroms.
  • the thickness of the isolation portion 210 may be 400 to 2000 angstroms.
  • the thickness of the isolation portion 210 may be 500 to 1000 angstroms.
  • the display substrate shown in FIG. 4C is different from the display substrate shown in FIG. 4B in that the number of film layers included in the isolation portion 210 is different.
  • the isolation part 210 may include two film layers, such as the isolation part 210 includes a first isolation structure layer 2011 and a second isolation structure layer 2012 that are stacked, the first isolation structure layer 2011 is located on a side of the second isolation structure layer 2012 away from the base substrate 01, and the edge of the first isolation structure layer 2011 protrudes relative to the edge of the second isolation structure layer 2012.
  • the edge of the second isolation structure layer 2012 protrudes relative to the edge of the protruding part 510.
  • the protrusion shown in FIG. 4C may have the same features as the protrusion shown in FIG. 4B, but is not limited thereto, and the side of the protrusion shown in FIG. 4C may not have a recessed portion.
  • the angle between the side and the flat portion of the insulating layer is not greater than 140 degrees.
  • the angle between the side and the flat portion is not greater than 130 degrees.
  • the angle between the side and the flat portion is not greater than 120 degrees.
  • the angle between the side and the flat portion is not greater than 110 degrees.
  • the angle between the side and the flat portion is not greater than 100 degrees.
  • the defining structure 200 is formed between the first electrode 110 of the sub-pixel and the base substrate 01.
  • the defining structure 200 is first deposited on an insulating layer 500, such as a flat layer, and then the first electrode 110 of the sub-pixel is formed on the defining structure 200.
  • the flat layer 500 at the bottom of the defining structure 200 is etched to form sawtooth.
  • the orthographic projection of the first electrode 110 on the base substrate 01 can be completely located within the orthographic projection of the defining structure 200 on the base substrate 01.
  • the defining structure directly under the first electrode 110 and the defining structure exposed by the second opening 420 of the pixel defining pattern 400 may be an integrated defining structure or may be defining structures disposed at intervals.
  • a limiting structure is covered around the first electrode, such as a stacked structure, such as SiOx/SiNx/SiOx.
  • a stacked structure such as SiOx/SiNx/SiOx.
  • the pixel-defining film layer deposited on the limiting structure forms a second opening through patterning to expose the isolation portion at the edge of the limiting structure, so as to achieve the isolation of at least one layer of the light-emitting functional layer, and the second electrode of the sub-pixel formed at the portion of the edge of the limiting structure covered by the pixel-defining portion remains continuous, forming a charge transfer path to achieve the conduction effect of the second electrode.
  • the isolation part provided by the present disclosure is not limited to the shape and position shown in FIG. 4A.
  • the isolation part may also include a first sub-isolation structure and a second sub-isolation structure arranged in a stacked manner, wherein the first sub-isolation structure is located between the second sub-isolation structure and the substrate; along the arrangement direction of adjacent sub-pixels, the size of the first sub-isolation structure in the isolation part between the adjacent sub-pixels is smaller than the size of the second sub-isolation structure so that the second sub-isolation structure includes a portion protruding relative to the edge of the first sub-isolation structure; or, the slope angle of at least part of the side surface of the first sub-isolation structure and the plane parallel to the contact surface of the first sub-isolation structure and the second sub-isolation structure is greater than 60 degrees and less than 120 degrees, and/or, the slope angle of at least part of the side surface of the second sub-isolation structure and the plane parallel to the contact surface
  • the isolation part may be formed between pixel defining patterns, such as being located in an opening provided in the insulating layer and exposed by the second opening of the pixel defining pattern; or, the isolation part may be located between adjacent sub-pixels and spaced from the first electrode, and the second opening of the pixel defining pattern exposes the isolation part; or, the isolation part is located on the side of the pixel defining part away from the substrate.
  • the isolation part provided by the present disclosure is not limited to the shape and position shown in FIG. 4A.
  • the isolation part may also include a groove located in the insulating layer and a shielding part located at the edge of the groove and protruding into the groove opening.
  • the shielding part in the isolation part is located between adjacent sub-pixels and is spaced from the first electrode of the adjacent sub-pixel.
  • the isolation part may also include a groove located in the pixel defining part and a shielding part located at the edge of the groove and protruding into the groove.
  • the isolation part provided by the present disclosure is not limited to the shape and position shown in FIG. 4A.
  • the isolation part may also include a first sub-isolation part and a second sub-isolation part arranged in a stacked manner, the first sub-isolation part is located between the second sub-isolation part and the substrate, the material of the first sub-isolation part includes an inorganic material, and the material of the second sub-isolation part includes an organic material; the second sub-isolation part includes a protrusion protruding relative to the edge of the first sub-isolation part, the protrusion is located between adjacent sub-pixels, and the second sub-isolation part faces at least a portion of one of the adjacent sub-pixels, and the shape is different from the shape of at least a portion of the second sub-pixel facing another adjacent sub-pixel.
  • the second sub-isolation part in the isolation part may be a part of the pixel defining part, the first sub-isolation part may be arranged in the same layer as the first electrode of the sub-pixel, or the first sub-isolation part may be a part of the first electrode of the sub-pixel.
  • the isolation part provided by the present disclosure is not limited to the shape and position shown in FIG. 4A, such as the isolation part may include a first substructure and a second substructure arranged in a stacked manner, the first substructure is located between the second substructure and the substrate, and the material of the first substructure is different from the material of the second substructure; along the arrangement direction of adjacent sub-pixels, the edge of the second substructure in the limiting structure located between the adjacent sub-pixels protrudes relative to the edge of the first substructure to form a protrusion; or, the slope angle between at least part of the side surface of the second substructure and the plane parallel to the contact surface of the first substructure and the second substructure is the first slope angle, the slope angle between at least part of the side surface of the first substructure and the plane parallel to the contact surface of the first substructure and the second substructure is the second slope angle, at least one of the first slope angle and the second slope angle is greater than 60 degrees, and the surface area of the second substructure close to the first substructure is not less
  • FIG. 2 schematically shows the locations of multiple passages, but does not show the width characteristics of different passages.
  • the plurality of passages 300 include a plurality of trunk passages 310 and a plurality of branch passages 320 , and both ends of at least one branch passage 320 are connected to the trunk passage 310 whose extension direction intersects or is the same as the trunk passage 310 .
  • the plurality of trunk pathways 310 include a first trunk pathway 311 and a second trunk pathway 312 whose extension directions intersect.
  • the plurality of trunk pathways 310 include a plurality of first trunk pathways 311 extending along the X direction and a plurality of second trunk pathways 312 extending along the Y direction.
  • the extension direction of the first trunk pathway may refer to the overall extension direction of a first trunk pathway, such as the overall extension direction of the fold line is the X direction.
  • the second trunk pathway is a non-straight line, such as a fold line
  • the extension direction of the second trunk pathway may refer to the overall extension direction of a second trunk pathway, such as the overall extension direction of the fold line is the X direction.
  • the angle between the X direction and the Y direction may be 30 to 150 degrees.
  • the angle between the X direction and the Y direction may be 60 to 120 degrees.
  • the angle between the X direction and the Y direction may be 80 to 100 degrees.
  • the X direction and the Y direction may be perpendicular.
  • multiple first trunk pathways 311 and multiple second trunk pathways 312 constitute a part of the network pathway 30, the first trunk pathways 311 and the second trunk pathways 312 are connected, and the charges transmitted by the second electrode 120 can be transmitted in the first trunk pathways 311 and the second trunk pathways 312.
  • a plurality of trunk paths 310 pass through at least a portion of the area where the sub-pixels 10 are located.
  • the length of the trunk path 310 is greater than the length of the branch path 320.
  • the area of a region where a trunk path 310 is located is greater than the area where a branch path 320 is located.
  • the area of a region passed by a trunk path 310 is greater than the area of a region passed by a branch path 320.
  • the number of light-emitting areas 101 of sub-pixels 10 passed by a trunk path 310 is greater than the number of light-emitting areas 101 of sub-pixels 10 passed by a branch path 320.
  • the light-emitting area of a sub-pixel passed by the above-mentioned path refers to the overlap of the orthographic projection of the path on the substrate substrate and the orthographic projection of the light-emitting area of the sub-pixel on the substrate substrate.
  • the trunk passage 310 may pass through the display area in its extension direction, such as the trunk passage 310 extending in the X direction may pass through the display area where the sub-pixel 10 is located in the X direction, and the trunk passage 310 extending in the Y direction may pass through the display area where the sub-pixel 10 is located in the Y direction.
  • the branch passage 320 is only located in one or some smaller areas of the area where the trunk passage 310 is located, such as one branch passage 320 may be located in the area surrounded by four cross-arranged trunk passages 310.
  • the two ends of at least one branch passage 320 are respectively connected to the first trunk passage 311 and the second trunk passage 312.
  • the passage 300 includes a plurality of branch passages 320, and the two ends of at least a portion of the branch passages 320 are respectively connected to the first trunk passage 311 and the second trunk passage 312.
  • the shapes of different branch passages 320 may be the same or different.
  • the lengths of different branch passages 320 may be the same or different.
  • the connection between the branch passage and the trunk passage may refer to that the second electrode at the position of the branch passage is continuous with the second electrode at the position of the trunk passage, that is, an integrated structure.
  • At least one branch path 320 may be in the shape of a fold line, with both ends of the fold line respectively connected to the first trunk path 311 and the second trunk path 312.
  • a branch path 320 may pass through the light emitting area 101 of at least one sub-pixel 10.
  • the branch path 320 is connected to the main path 310 , and the charges transmitted by the second electrode 120 may be transmitted in the branch path 320 and the main path 310 .
  • both ends of at least one branch passage 320 are connected to one of the first trunk passage 311 and the second trunk passage 312.
  • both ends of at least one branch passage 320 may be connected to two different first trunk passages 311, or both ends of at least another branch passage 320 may be connected to two different second trunk passages 312.
  • the extension direction of the branch passage 320 may be different from the extension direction of the first trunk passage 311 and the extension direction of the second trunk passage 312, or the branch passage 320 may be the same as the extension direction of one of the first trunk passage 311 and the second trunk passage 312.
  • the plurality of sub-pixels 10 include a plurality of first color sub-pixels 11, a plurality of second color sub-pixels 12, and a plurality of third color sub-pixels 13, and the plurality of sub-pixels 10 are arranged as a plurality of first sub-pixel groups 001 and a plurality of second sub-pixel groups 002 alternately arranged along a first direction, each first sub-pixel group 001 includes a first color sub-pixel 11 and a second color sub-pixel 12 alternately arranged along a second direction, and each second sub-pixel group 002 includes a third color sub-pixel 13 arranged along the second direction, and the first direction intersects with the second direction.
  • the first direction may be the X direction shown in FIG. 1
  • the second direction may be the Y direction shown in FIG. 1
  • the first direction and the second direction may be interchangeable.
  • the angle between the first direction and the second direction may be 80 to 120 degrees.
  • the first direction is perpendicular to the second direction.
  • one of the first direction and the second direction may be a row direction, and the other may be a column direction.
  • the first direction may be a row direction
  • the second direction may be a column direction, in which case the first sub-pixel group may be a first sub-pixel column, and the second sub-pixel group may be a second sub-pixel column
  • the first direction may be a column direction
  • the second direction may be a row direction, in which case the first sub-pixel group may be a first sub-pixel row, and the second sub-pixel group may be a second sub-pixel row.
  • the first sub-pixel group 001 and the second sub-pixel group 002 are staggered in the second direction, and each first color sub-pixel 11 in at least a portion of the first color sub-pixels 11 is surrounded by eight sub-pixels 10, and the eight sub-pixels 10 include alternating third color sub-pixels 13 and second color sub-pixels 12.
  • the first color sub-pixels 11 and the second color sub-pixels 12 are alternately arranged along the second direction, and the third color sub-pixels 13 are arranged in an array along the first direction and the second direction.
  • each of at least some of the second color sub-pixels 12 is surrounded by eight sub-pixels 10, and the eight sub-pixels 10 include the third color sub-pixels 13 and the first color sub-pixels 11 that are alternately arranged.
  • one of the first color sub-pixel 11 and the second color sub-pixel 12 may be a red sub-pixel emitting red light
  • the other may be a blue sub-pixel emitting blue light
  • the third color sub-pixel 13 may be a green sub-pixel emitting green light.
  • the first color sub-pixel 11 is a blue sub-pixel
  • the second color sub-pixel 12 is a red sub-pixel.
  • the center of the light emitting area of the first color sub-pixel 11 and the center of the light emitting area of the second color sub-pixel 12 are on a straight line extending along the Y direction.
  • the angle between the line connecting the centers of the light emitting areas 101 of the adjacent first color sub-pixels 11 and second color sub-pixels 12 arranged along the Y direction and the straight line extending along the Y direction is small, such as not greater than 2 degrees.
  • third color sub-pixels 13 are respectively arranged at angular directions of 45°, 135°, 225° and 315° of the center of the light emitting area of the first color sub-pixel 11 .
  • At least a portion of the trunk via 310 passes through the second sub-pixel group 002 .
  • the isolation portion arranged around the first color sub-pixel and the second color sub-pixel wraps more of the edge of the corresponding light-emitting area, it is possible to indirectly isolate at least one common film layer between the first color sub-pixel and the second color sub-pixel and at least one common film layer between the first color sub-pixel and the second color sub-pixel and the third color sub-pixel, so that the second electrode around the light-emitting area of the third color sub-pixel forms a wider main path to improve the charge transfer effect.
  • the trunk path 310 passes through the light emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13.
  • the trunk path passing through the second sub-pixel group means that the orthographic projection of the trunk path on the substrate overlaps with the orthographic projection of the light emitting area of the second sub-pixel group on the substrate.
  • the extension direction of the first trunk path 311 and the extension direction of the second trunk path 312 are both parallel to the arrangement direction of the third color sub-pixels 13.
  • the second trunk path 312 passes through the second sub-pixel group 002.
  • the first trunk path 311 passes through the light-emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13.
  • the paths 300 passing through the third color sub-pixels 13 can all be trunk paths 310.
  • the intersection of the first trunk path 311 and the second trunk path 312 overlaps the light emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13.
  • the width of the path 300 is the widest at the intersection of the first trunk path 311 and the second trunk path 312 to improve the charge transfer effect.
  • At least one branch path 320 passes through at least one of the first color sub-pixel 11 and the second color sub-pixel 12.
  • the branch path passing through at least one of the first color sub-pixel and the second color sub-pixel means that the orthographic projection of the branch path on the substrate overlaps with the orthographic projection of at least one of the light-emitting area of the first color sub-pixel and the light-emitting area of the second color sub-pixel on the substrate.
  • a portion of the plurality of branch paths 320 passes through the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11, and another portion of the branch paths 320 passes through the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12.
  • the disclosed embodiment is not limited thereto, and the branch paths may only pass through the light-emitting area of the first color sub-pixel, or the branch paths may only pass through the light-emitting area of the second color sub-pixel.
  • the isolation portion 210 includes a non-closed annular first isolation portion 211 surrounding at least one first color sub-pixel 11, at least two first gaps 212 are provided in the non-closed annular first isolation portion 211, and at least one branch path 320 passes through the first gap 212 to connect with the trunk path 310.
  • the above-mentioned first isolation portion refers to the defining structure exposed by the second opening of the pixel defining pattern, and the above-mentioned first gap refers to the defining structure covered by the pixel defining portion.
  • the above-mentioned first isolation portion refers to the portion of the defining structure surrounding the light-emitting area of the first color sub-pixel exposed by the second opening.
  • the isolation portions 210 surrounding each first color sub-pixel 11 are all first isolation portions 211, and the non-closed ring-shaped first isolation portion 211 is provided with two first notches 212.
  • One end of the branch path 320 passing through the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 passes through one first notch 212 to be connected to the first trunk path 311, and the other end of the branch path 320 passes through another first notch 212 to be connected to the second trunk path 312.
  • the relative position relationship of the two first notches can be set so that the two ends of the branch path passing through the light-emitting area of the first color sub-pixel pass through two different first notches to be connected to the first trunk path and the second trunk path respectively, or so that the two ends of the two first notches passing through the light-emitting area of the first color sub-pixel are both connected to the first trunk path, or are both connected to the second trunk path.
  • the number of first gaps 212 set in the non-closed ring-shaped first isolation portion 211 surrounding at least one first color sub-pixel 11 is greater than two, and the branch paths 320 are connected to the main path 310 through each of the first gaps 212.
  • the number of first main paths 311 connected to the branch paths 320 can be the same as the number of second main paths 312 connected to the branch paths 320, or the two numbers can be different.
  • At least one branch path 320 passes through at least two first notches 212 to form at least one L-shaped branch path 320.
  • the at least two first notches include a first notch located on one side of the light emitting area of the first color sub-pixel in the first direction and a first notch located on one side of the light emitting area of the first color sub-pixel in the second direction.
  • the orthographic projection of the corner position of the L-shaped branch path 320 on the substrate overlaps with the orthographic projection of the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 on the substrate.
  • FIG2 schematically shows that one first color sub-pixel corresponds to one L-shaped branch path, but is not limited thereto.
  • the number and position of the first notches can be set so that the first color sub-pixel corresponds to multiple L-shaped branch paths.
  • the L-shaped branch paths corresponding to the same first color sub-pixel can share some branch paths or be arranged at intervals.
  • the first isolation portion 211 is located between the first color sub-pixel 11 and the third color sub-pixel 13 that are adjacently disposed in the third direction, and both the first direction and the second direction intersect with the third direction.
  • the third direction may be the V direction shown in FIG. 4A .
  • the distance between the first isolation portion 211 and the edges of the light-emitting region 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 that are close to each other is a first distance D1
  • the distance between the first isolation portion 211 and the edges of the light-emitting region 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13 that are close to each other is a second distance D2, and the first distance D1 is less than the second distance D2.
  • the edge of the above-mentioned first isolation portion refers to the edge of the first isolation portion exposed by the second opening of the pixel defining pattern.
  • only one isolation portion 210 such as the first isolation portion 211, is provided between the adjacent first color sub-pixel 11 and the third color sub-pixel 13, and the first isolation portion 211 is closer to the first color sub-pixel 11, which is beneficial to increase the width of the main path of the second electrode at the overlapping position with the third color sub-pixel, thereby reducing the power consumption of the display substrate when used for display.
  • the ratio of the first distance D1 to the second distance D2 may be 0.1 to 0.9.
  • the ratio of the first distance D1 to the second distance D2 may be 0.2 to 0.7.
  • the ratio of the first distance D1 to the second distance D2 may be 0.3 to 0.8.
  • the ratio of the first distance D1 to the second distance D2 may be 0.45 to 0.65.
  • the ratio of the first distance D1 to the second distance D2 may be 0.5 to 0.58.
  • the ratio of the first distance D1 to the second distance D2 may be 0.55 to 0.6.
  • the first notches 212 are configured to expose at least one corner 1010 of the light-emitting region 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11.
  • each first notch 212 exposes a corner 1010 of the light-emitting region 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11, and different first notches 212 corresponding to the same first color sub-pixel 11 are configured to expose different corners 1010 of the light-emitting region 101.
  • the two corners 1010 included in the two first notches 212 corresponding to the same first color sub-pixel 11 may be two adjacent corners 1010, or may be two opposite corners 1010.
  • the notch exposing the corner of the light-emitting area means that there is no isolation portion on the side of the corner away from the light-emitting area, and the line passing through the vertex of the corner and the center of the light-emitting area.
  • an isolation portion 210 is provided between the first notch 212 corresponding to the first color sub-pixel 11 and the second color sub-pixel 12 adjacent to the first color sub-pixel 11 to reduce crosstalk between the first color sub-pixel and the second color sub-pixel.
  • a first isolation portion 211 is provided between the first color sub-pixel 11 and the third color sub-pixel 13 that are adjacent to each other in the third direction
  • a first isolation portion 211 or a first gap 212 is provided between the first color sub-pixel 11 and the second color sub-pixel 12 that are adjacent to each other in the first direction
  • a first isolation portion 211 or a first gap 212 is provided between the first color sub-pixel 11 and the second color sub-pixel 12 that are adjacent to each other in the second direction.
  • the first electrode 110 of each light-emitting element includes an integrally arranged main electrode 111 and a connecting electrode 112, the main electrode 111 overlaps with the light-emitting area 101, and the shape of the main electrode 111 is substantially the same as the shape of the light-emitting area 101, such as if the shape of the light-emitting area 101 is a quadrilateral, the shape of the main electrode 111 is also a quadrilateral; the connecting electrode 112 does not overlap with the light-emitting area 101.
  • each sub-pixel further includes a driving circuit, and the driving circuit is electrically connected to the first electrode of the light-emitting element to drive the light-emitting element to emit light.
  • the connecting electrode 112 is electrically connected to the driving circuit.
  • the first isolating portion 211 does not overlap with the connecting electrode 112, that is, the pixel defining portion overlaps with the connecting electrode 112.
  • the first notch 212 exposes a portion of the connecting electrode 112 and the main electrode 111.
  • the display substrate provided by the present disclosure can increase the charge path of the second electrode, such as a branch path, by setting the first isolation part surrounding the light-emitting area of the first color sub-pixel to a non-closed ring, which is beneficial to reduce the crosstalk of the display substrate while ensuring that the power consumption of the display substrate is not too high when used for display.
  • the size of the first notch 212 corresponding to the connecting electrode 112 may be larger than the sizes of the other first notches 212 .
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic enlarged diagram of a light emitting area of a first color sub-pixel shown in FIG. 1 .
  • each side or an extension line of the light-emitting area 101 of at least one first color sub-pixel 11 is sequentially connected to form a polygon 02, and multiple vertices 021 of the polygon 02 have regions 022 that do not overlap with multiple corners of the corresponding light-emitting area 101;
  • the light-emitting area 101 of at least one first color sub-pixel 11 includes at least one specific corner 1011, and the area of the region 022 that does not overlap with the vertex 021 of the polygon 02 corresponding to the specific corner 1011 is greater than the area of the region that does not overlap with each corner 1012 of at least some other corners 1012 and the vertex 021 of the polygon 02 corresponding to the corner 1012.
  • the area of the region that does not overlap with the vertex 021 of the polygon 02 corresponding to the other corners 1012 of the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 is very small, such as substantially zero, and the corner of the light-emitting area coincides with the vertex of the polygon.
  • the distance from the intersection of the extended lines of the two straight sides L1 and L2 constituting the specific corner 1011 to the center O of the light-emitting area of the sub-pixel is different from the distance from the intersection of the two straight sides L3 and L4 constituting the other corner 1012 to the center O of the sub-pixel.
  • the intersection of the two lines is the vertex of the other corner.
  • the other corner may be a range of x microns along the contour from the vertex as the center, and the value of x may be 2 to 7 microns.
  • the above-mentioned specific corner may be a section of a curve formed by the part where two adjacent sides extend to their vertices to intersect so that the corner becomes a round chamfer.
  • the specific corner 1011 includes a round chamfer.
  • the vertex of the corner may be the intersection of the extended lines of the two sides used to form the above-mentioned round chamfer and the intersection point P of the line connecting the vertex of the corner opposite to the round chamfer and the round chamfer.
  • the corner may be a range of x microns along the contour from the vertex P as the center, and the value of x may be 2 to 7 microns.
  • the distance from the intersection of the extended lines of the two straight sides constituting the specific corner to the center of the light-emitting area of the sub-pixel is smaller than the distance from the intersection of the extended lines of the two straight sides constituting other corners to the center of the light-emitting area of the sub-pixel.
  • the above-mentioned "round chamfer" is the vertex angle formed by a curve, and the curve may be an arc or an irregular curve, such as a curve intercepted from an ellipse, a wavy line, etc.
  • the disclosed embodiment schematically shows that the curve has a shape that is convex outward relative to the center of the sub-pixel, but is not limited to this, and the curve may also have a shape that is concave inward relative to the center of the sub-pixel.
  • the range of the center angle of the arc may be 10° to 150°.
  • the range of the center angle of the arc may be 60° to 120°.
  • the range of the center angle of the arc may be 90°.
  • the length of the curve of the round chamfer included in the specific corner 1011 may be 10 to 60 microns.
  • the specific corner is not limited to the above-mentioned round chamfer, and may also be a flat chamfer.
  • the first notch 212 is configured to expose the specific corner 1011.
  • the branch path 320 passes through the specific corner 1011 of the light-emitting region 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 and then connects to the main path 310.
  • the orthographic projection of the branch path 320 on the base substrate 01 overlaps with the orthographic projection of the specific corner 1011 on the base substrate 01.
  • the notch exposing the corner may mean that the notch is opposite to the corner, and no isolation portion is provided between the second electrode at the corner and the main path.
  • the present disclosure sets at least one corner of the light-emitting area of the first color sub-pixel as the above-mentioned specific corner, thereby increasing the distance between the specific corner and the light-emitting area of the adjacent sub-pixel, thereby reducing the probability of crosstalk between adjacent sub-pixels; at the same time, setting the first notch at the specific corner position is beneficial to reducing the resistance of the second electrode to reduce the power consumption of the display substrate when it is used for display.
  • the corners 1010 of the light-emitting area 101 corresponding to each first notch 212 are all specific corners 1011.
  • the number of first notches 212 corresponding to the light-emitting area 101 of the same first color sub-pixel 11 is not greater than the number of specific corners 1011 included in the light-emitting area 101.
  • the isolation portion 210 includes a non-closed ring-shaped second isolation portion 213 surrounding at least one second color sub-pixel 12, the second isolation portion 213 is provided with at least two second notches 214, and at least one branch path 320 passes through the second notch 214 to connect with the trunk path 310.
  • the second isolation portion refers to the defining structure exposed by the second opening of the pixel defining pattern, and the second notch refers to the defining structure covered by the pixel defining portion.
  • the second isolation portion refers to the portion of the defining structure surrounding the light-emitting area of the second color sub-pixel exposed by the second opening.
  • the isolation portions 210 surrounding each second color sub-pixel 12 are all second isolation portions 213, and the non-closed ring-shaped second isolation portion 213 is provided with two second notches 214, one end of the branch path 320 passing through the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12 passes through one second notch 214 to be connected to the first trunk path 311, and the other end of the branch path 320 passes through another second notch 214 to be connected to the second trunk path 312.
  • the relative position relationship of the two second notches can be set so that the two ends of the branch path passing through the light-emitting area of the second color sub-pixel pass through two different second notches to be connected to the first trunk path and the second trunk path respectively, or so that the two ends of the branch path passing through the light-emitting area of the second color sub-pixel are both connected to the first trunk path, or both connected to the second trunk path.
  • the number of second gaps 214 set in the non-closed ring-shaped second isolation portion 213 surrounding at least one second color sub-pixel 12 is greater than two, and the branch paths 320 are connected to the main path 310 through each second gap 214.
  • the number of first main paths 311 connected to the branch path 320 can be the same as the number of second main paths 312 connected to the branch path 320, or the two numbers can be different.
  • At least one branch path 320 passes through at least two second notches 214 to form at least one L-shaped branch path.
  • the at least two second notches include a second notch located on one side of the light-emitting area of the second color sub-pixel in the first direction and a second notch located on one side of the light-emitting area of the second color sub-pixel in the second direction.
  • the orthographic projection of the corner position of the L-shaped branch path 320 on the substrate overlaps with the orthographic projection of the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12 on the substrate.
  • FIG2 schematically shows that one second color sub-pixel corresponds to one L-shaped branch path, but is not limited thereto.
  • the second color sub-pixel may correspond to multiple L-shaped branch paths by setting the number and position of the second notches.
  • the L-shaped branch paths corresponding to the same second color sub-pixel may share some branch paths or be arranged at intervals.
  • the second isolation portion 213 is located between the second color sub-pixel 12 and the third color sub-pixel 13 that are adjacently disposed in the third direction, and both the first direction and the second direction intersect with the third direction.
  • the third direction may be the V direction shown in FIG. 4A .
  • the distance between the second isolation portion 213 and the edges of the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12 that are close to each other is a third distance D3, and the distance between the second isolation portion 213 and the edges of the light-emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13 that are close to each other is a fourth distance D4, and the third distance D3 is less than the fourth distance D4.
  • the edge of the above-mentioned second isolation portion refers to the edge of the second isolation portion exposed by the second opening of the pixel defining pattern.
  • only one isolation portion 210 such as the second isolation portion 213, is arranged between the adjacent second color sub-pixel 12 and the third color sub-pixel 13, and the second isolation portion 213 is closer to the second color sub-pixel 12, which is beneficial to increase the width of the main path of the second electrode at the overlapping position with the third color sub-pixel, thereby reducing the power consumption of the display substrate when used for display.
  • the ratio of the third distance D3 to the fourth distance D4 may be 0.1 to 0.9.
  • the ratio of the third distance D3 to the fourth distance D4 may be 0.2 to 0.7.
  • the ratio of the third distance D3 to the fourth distance D4 may be 0.3 to 0.8.
  • the ratio of the third distance D3 to the fourth distance D4 may be 0.45 to 0.65.
  • the ratio of the third distance D3 to the fourth distance D4 may be 0.5 to 0.58.
  • the ratio of the third distance D3 to the fourth distance D4 may be 0.55 to 0.6.
  • a first isolation portion 211 and a second gap 214, or a second isolation portion 213 and a first gap 212 are provided between adjacent first color sub-pixels 11 and second color sub-pixels 12. While isolating at least one layer of the light-emitting functional layer of the adjacent first color sub-pixels and the second color sub-pixels and the second electrode, the passage between the adjacent first color sub-pixels and the second color sub-pixels can maintain a larger width at the gap position, thereby reducing the resistance of the second electrode and reducing the power consumption of the display substrate when used for display.
  • the second notches 214 are configured to expose at least one corner 1020 of the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12.
  • each second notch 214 exposes a corner 1020 of the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12
  • different second notches 214 corresponding to the same second color sub-pixel 12 are configured to expose different corners 1020 of the light-emitting area 101.
  • the two corners 1020 included in the two second notches 214 corresponding to the same second color sub-pixel 13 may be two adjacent corners 1020, or may be two opposite corners 1020.
  • the branch path 320 passing through the light emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12 passes through a corner 1020 of the light emitting area 101 to be connected to the trunk path 310 .
  • the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 includes four sides, and the first isolation portion 211 is corresponding to each side;
  • the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12 includes four sides, and the second isolation portion 213 is corresponding to each side;
  • the light-emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13 includes four sides, and the first isolation portion 211 or the second isolation portion 213 is corresponding to each side.
  • the non-closed ring-shaped first isolation portion 211 includes a first sub-portion surrounding three sides of the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11, and a second sub-portion corresponding to the fourth side of the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11, and a gap is set between both ends of the second sub-portion and the first sub-portion, and the gap is a first gap 212.
  • the non-closed ring-shaped second isolation portion 213 includes a third sub-portion surrounding three sides of the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12, and a fourth sub-portion corresponding to the fourth side of the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12, and a gap is set between both ends of the fourth sub-portion and the third sub-portion, and the gap is a second gap 214.
  • the relative positional relationship between the first sub-portion and the second sub-portion of the first isolating portion 211 is the same as the relative positional relationship between the third sub-portion and the fourth sub-portion of the second isolating portion 213 .
  • the light-emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13 includes two relatively long sides and two relatively short sides
  • the second sub-portion of the first isolation portion 211 corresponds to the long side of the light-emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13
  • the fourth sub-portion of the second isolation portion 213 corresponds to the short side of the light-emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13
  • the length of the second sub-portion of the first isolation portion 211 is greater than the length of the fourth sub-portion of the second isolation portion 213.
  • the crosstalk between adjacent sub-pixels is reduced to a very low level, it is easy to cause the resistance of the second electrode to be high; if the resistance of the second electrode is kept at a low level, it is easy to cause a large crosstalk between adjacent sub-pixels.
  • the display substrate provided by the present disclosure by providing an isolation portion between two sub-pixels arranged adjacent to each other in any direction, at least part of the isolation portion is provided as a non-closed ring structure, which is beneficial to reduce the crosstalk between adjacent sub-pixels while keeping the resistance of the second electrode not high, and balancing the crosstalk and power consumption parameters of the display substrate.
  • Isolation parts are set around each sub-pixel to prevent crosstalk between sub-pixels; at the same time, some passages need to be reserved between adjacent sub-pixels, such as cathode channels, to reduce crosstalk between sub-pixels while ensuring that the cathode cross-voltage is within a certain range.
  • the isolation portion 210 includes a portion where the extension direction intersects both the row direction and the column direction.
  • the path of the second electrode can include an edge where the extension direction intersects both the row direction and the column direction, which is beneficial to improving the effect of converging and connecting the paths extending in various directions of the second electrode.
  • the partition 210 includes a portion whose extending direction is parallel to at least one of the row direction and the column direction.
  • the extending direction of the isolation portion By setting the extending direction of the isolation portion, the extending direction of the via of the second electrode can be controlled.
  • Figures 7 and 8 are schematic diagrams of the partial planar structure of another display substrate provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 7 shows the first electrode of the light-emitting element, but does not show the second electrode of the light-emitting element.
  • Figure 8 shows the second electrode of the light-emitting element, but does not show the first electrode of the light-emitting element.
  • the difference between the display substrate shown in Figures 7 and 8 and the display substrate shown in Figure 1 is that the mesh path of the second electrode changes by changing the shape and position setting of the isolation portion while the pixel arrangement remains unchanged.
  • Figure 8 schematically shows the path of the path, but does not show the shape of the path.
  • the second electrode in the display substrate includes a path of uneven width, and the orthographic projection of the widest position in the path on the substrate overlaps with the orthographic projection of the light-emitting area on the substrate.
  • the substrate substrate, insulating layer, limiting structure, pixel limiting portion, first opening and light-emitting element in this example have the same features as the substrate substrate, insulating layer, limiting structure, pixel limiting portion, first opening and light-emitting element shown in Figure 1, and will not be repeated here.
  • the plurality of trunk pathways 310 further include a trunk pathway 310 passing through the first sub-pixel group 001.
  • the plurality of trunk pathways 310 further include a trunk pathway 310 passing through the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 and the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12.
  • the display substrate shown in FIG8 takes the Y direction as the first direction and the X direction as the second direction as an example.
  • at least one trunk pathway 310 passes through the first sub-pixel group 001.
  • the trunk path 310 passes through the first sub-pixel group 001 and the second sub-pixel group 002.
  • the trunk path 310 passes through the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11, the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12, and the light-emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13.
  • one of the first trunk path 311 and the second trunk path 312 in the trunk path 310 passes through the first sub-pixel group 001 and the second sub-pixel group 002.
  • the main passages and branch passages in the display substrate shown in FIG. 8 have the same definitions as those in the display substrate shown in FIG. 2 , and are not described in detail here.
  • the display substrate provided by the present disclosure sets multiple trunk paths to include a trunk path passing through the first sub-pixel group and the second sub-pixel group.
  • the number of trunk paths is set to be large, which is beneficial to reducing the resistance of the second electrode and further reducing the power consumption of the display substrate when used for display.
  • the isolation portion 210 includes a non-closed ring-shaped third isolation portion 215 surrounding at least one third color sub-pixel 13, the non-closed ring-shaped third isolation portion 215 exposing at least two third gaps 216 of the corners 1030 of the light-emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13, and at least one trunk path 310 passes through the third gap 216.
  • the third isolation portion refers to the defining structure exposed by the second opening of the pixel defining pattern, and the third gap refers to the defining structure covered by the pixel defining portion.
  • the third isolation portion refers to the portion of the defining structure surrounding the light-emitting area of the third color sub-pixel that is exposed by the second opening.
  • the trunk path 310 passes through a corner 1030 of the third color sub-pixel 13 .
  • the third isolation portion 215 corresponding to the same third color sub-pixel 13 is provided with four third gaps 216, so that the first trunk path 311 passes through two third gaps 216 arranged opposite to each other, and the second trunk path 312 passes through the other two third gaps 216 arranged opposite to each other, and the first trunk path 311 and the second trunk path 312 intersect in the light-emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13.
  • the light-emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13 includes four sides
  • the non-closed ring-shaped third isolation portion 215 includes a fifth sub-portion and a sixth sub-portion that are alternately arranged
  • the interval between the fifth sub-portion and the sixth sub-portion is a third gap 216
  • the two fifth sub-portions and the two sixth sub-portions are respectively arranged corresponding to the four sides of the light-emitting area 101.
  • the light-emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13 includes two oppositely arranged long sides and two oppositely arranged short sides, the fifth sub-portion corresponds to the long side, the sixth sub-portion corresponds to the short side, and the length of the fifth sub-portion is greater than the length of the sixth sub-portion.
  • the length of the fifth sub-portion is not less than the length of the long side, and the length of the sixth sub-portion is not less than the length of the short side.
  • the third isolation portion 215 is located between the first color sub-pixel 11 and the third color sub-pixel 13 that are adjacent to each other in the third direction, and both the first direction and the second direction intersect with the third direction.
  • the fifth sub-portion or the sixth sub-portion of the third isolation portion 215 is disposed between the first color sub-pixel 11 and the third color sub-pixel 13.
  • the distance between the third isolation portion 215 and the edges of the light-emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13 that are close to each other is a fifth distance D5
  • the distance between the third isolation portion 215 and the edges of the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 that are close to each other is a sixth distance D6
  • the fifth distance D5 is less than the sixth distance D6.
  • the area of the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 is larger than the area of the light-emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13, and the width of the main path 310 at the overlapping position with the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 is larger than the width of the main path 310 at the overlapping position with the light-emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13.
  • the third isolation portion 215 Only one isolation portion 210, such as the third isolation portion 215, is provided between the adjacent first color sub-pixel 11 and the third color sub-pixel 13, and the third isolation portion 215 is closer to the third color sub-pixel 13, which is conducive to further increasing the width of the main path of the second electrode at the overlapping position with the first color sub-pixel, thereby reducing the power consumption of the display substrate when used for display.
  • the area of the positive projection of the isolation portion on the base substrate in the display substrate is set to be small, such as only the isolation portion is provided at the position where crosstalk is most likely to occur between adjacent sub-pixels, and the size of each isolation portion is set to be small, which can greatly increase the size of the conduction path of the second electrode, and is suitable for scenes with high power consumption requirements.
  • the ratio of the fifth distance D5 to the sixth distance D6 may be 0.1 to 0.9.
  • the ratio of the fifth distance D5 to the sixth distance D6 may be 0.2 to 0.7.
  • the ratio of the fifth distance D5 to the sixth distance D6 may be 0.3 to 0.8.
  • the ratio of the fifth distance D5 to the sixth distance D6 may be 0.45 to 0.65.
  • the ratio of the fifth distance D5 to the sixth distance D6 may be 0.5 to 0.58.
  • the ratio of the fifth distance D5 to the sixth distance D6 may be 0.55 to 0.6.
  • the third isolation portion 215 is located between the second color sub-pixel 12 and the third color sub-pixel 13 that are adjacent to each other in the third direction, and both the first direction and the second direction intersect with the third direction.
  • the fifth sub-portion or the sixth sub-portion of the third isolation portion 215 is disposed between the second color sub-pixel 12 and the third color sub-pixel 13.
  • the distance between the third isolation portion 215 and the edges of the light-emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13 that are close to each other is a fifth distance D5
  • the distance between the third isolation portion 215 and the edges of the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12 that are close to each other is a seventh distance D7
  • the fifth distance D5 is less than the seventh distance D7.
  • the area of the light-emitting region 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12 is larger than the area of the light-emitting region 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13, and the width of the main passage 310 at the overlapping position with the light-emitting region 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12 is larger than the width of the main passage 310 at the overlapping position with the light-emitting region 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13.
  • Only one isolation portion 210 such as the third isolation portion 215, is disposed between the adjacent second color sub-pixel 12 and the third color sub-pixel 13, and the third isolation portion 215 is closer to the third color sub-pixel 13, which is conducive to further increasing the width of the main passage of the second electrode at the overlapping position with the second color sub-pixel, thereby reducing the power consumption of the display substrate when used for display.
  • the ratio of the fifth distance D5 to the seventh distance D7 may be 0.1 to 0.9.
  • the ratio of the fifth distance D5 to the seventh distance D7 may be 0.2 to 0.7.
  • the ratio of the fifth distance D5 to the seventh distance D7 may be 0.3 to 0.8.
  • the ratio of the fifth distance D5 to the seventh distance D7 may be 0.45 to 0.65.
  • the ratio of the fifth distance D5 to the seventh distance D7 may be 0.5 to 0.58.
  • the ratio of the fifth distance D5 to the seventh distance D7 may be 0.55 to 0.6.
  • the crosstalk degree is relatively low. Therefore, when no isolation portion is provided between the corners of adjacent sub-pixels that are close to each other (such as the corner of the first color sub-pixel and the corner of the third color sub-pixel, or the corner of the second color sub-pixel and the corner of the third color sub-pixel), the risk of crosstalk between sub-pixels is still relatively low, and at the same time, the conductive path of the second electrode can be increased to reduce resistance.
  • the isolation portion 210 also includes a fourth isolation portion 217, which is located between adjacent first color sub-pixels 11 and second color sub-pixels 12 arranged along the second direction or along the first direction to reduce the probability of crosstalk between the first color sub-pixels and the second color sub-pixels.
  • a gap is provided between the fourth isolation part 217 and the third isolation part 215.
  • two third isolation parts 215, such as two fifth sub-parts or two sixth sub-parts, are respectively provided on both sides of the fourth isolation part 217.
  • the present disclosure is not limited thereto, and the fourth isolation part can also be provided in an integrated manner with the third isolation part.
  • the corner 1010 of the light emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 and the corner 1020 of the light emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12 are arranged opposite to each other, and the fourth isolating portion 217 is located between the corner 1010 of the first color sub-pixel 11 and the corner 1020 of the second color sub-pixel 12.
  • the distance between the corners of the adjacently arranged first color sub-pixel and second color sub-pixel is small, and by arranging a fourth isolating portion between the two corners, and arranging the fourth isolating portion and the third isolating portion at intervals, the probability of crosstalk between the first color sub-pixel and the second color sub-pixel can be reduced without causing excessive increase in resistance of the second electrode.
  • the fourth isolating portion 217 may be provided only between adjacent first color sub-pixels 11 and second color sub-pixels 12 arranged in the first direction, so that the trunk path 310 passes through the first color sub-pixels 11 and second color sub-pixels 12 arranged in the second direction.
  • the present disclosure is not limited thereto, and the fourth isolating portion may be provided only between adjacent first color sub-pixels and second color sub-pixels arranged in the second direction, so that the trunk path passes through the first color sub-pixels and second color sub-pixels arranged in the first direction.
  • the branch path 320 may pass through the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11, or may pass through the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12.
  • both ends of the branch path 320 are respectively connected to two trunk paths 310 extending in the same direction, such as both ends of the branch path 320 are respectively connected to two first trunk paths 311, or both ends of the branch path 320 are respectively connected to two second trunk paths 312.
  • FIG. 8 only schematically shows a branch path extending along the Y direction, but is not limited thereto.
  • the second electrode may further include a branch path passing between the third isolation portion and the fourth isolation portion.
  • the distance between the fourth isolating portion 217 located between the first color sub-pixel 11 and the second color sub-pixel 12 and the adjacent edges of the light-emitting region 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 is different from the distance between the fourth isolating portion 217 and the adjacent edges of the light-emitting region 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12.
  • the plurality of fourth isolating portions 217 arranged along the Y direction are all close to the light-emitting region 101 of the sub-pixel located on the same side thereof, such as the odd-numbered fourth isolating portions 217 are closer to the light-emitting region 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11, and the even-numbered fourth isolating portions 217 are closer to the light-emitting region 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12.
  • the present disclosure is not limited to providing only one fourth isolation portion between adjacent first color sub-pixels and second color sub-pixels, and two fourth isolation portions or more fourth isolation portions may also be provided.
  • Figures 9 and 10 are schematic diagrams of the partial planar structure of another display substrate provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 9 shows the first electrode of the light-emitting element, but does not show the second electrode of the light-emitting element.
  • Figure 10 shows the second electrode of the light-emitting element, but does not show the first electrode of the light-emitting element.
  • the difference between the display substrate shown in Figures 9 and 10 and the display substrate shown in Figure 1 is that the mesh path of the second electrode changes by changing the shape and position setting of the isolation portion while the pixel arrangement remains unchanged.
  • Figure 10 schematically shows the path of the path, but does not show the shape of the path.
  • the second electrode in the display substrate includes a path with uneven width, and the orthographic projection of the widest position in the path on the substrate overlaps with the orthographic projection of the light-emitting area on the substrate.
  • the main path in the display substrate shown in Figure 9 has the same definition as the main path in the display substrate shown in Figure 2, which will not be repeated here.
  • the substrate substrate, insulating layer, limiting structure, pixel limiting portion, first opening and light-emitting element in this example have the same features as the substrate substrate, insulating layer, limiting structure, pixel limiting portion, first opening and light-emitting element shown in Figure 1, which will not be repeated here.
  • the isolation portion 210 includes a non-closed annular first isolation portion 211 surrounding the light-emitting area 101 of at least one first color sub-pixel 11, the non-closed annular first isolation portion 211 is provided with at least two first notches 212 exposing at least two sides 1113 of the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11, and the trunk path 310 passes through the two first notches 212.
  • one side 1113 of the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 is arranged opposite to one first notch 212.
  • the above-mentioned first isolation portion refers to the portion of the defining structure surrounding the light-emitting area of the first color sub-pixel that is exposed by the second opening.
  • the plurality of trunk pathways 310 include a trunk pathway 310 passing through the light-emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13, and a trunk pathway 310 passing through the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 and the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12.
  • the plurality of trunk pathways 310 include a first trunk pathway 311 and a second trunk pathway 312 passing through the light-emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13, the extension direction of the first trunk pathway 311 intersects with the extension direction of the second trunk pathway 312, and the first trunk pathway 311 and the second trunk pathway 312 meet at the light-emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13.
  • the plurality of trunk paths 310 further include a third trunk path 313 passing through the light emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11.
  • the third trunk path 313 also passes through the light emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13.
  • the number of third trunk paths 313 passing through the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 can be adjusted.
  • the same first color sub-pixel 11 corresponds to five first notches 212, wherein two first notches 212 are arranged opposite to each other in a third direction, such as the V direction, two first notches 212 are arranged opposite to each other in a fourth direction, such as the W direction, and the fifth first notch 212 avoids the connection electrode 112 of the first electrode 110 of the first color sub-pixel 11, such as the fifth first notch 212 exposes a corner 1010 of the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11, and the same first color sub-pixel 11 is passed through by one third trunk path 313 extending along the third direction and one third trunk path 313 extending along the fourth direction.
  • the first isolation portion 211 is not disposed between the first color sub-pixel 11 and the third color sub-pixel 13 , so that the third trunk path can sequentially pass through the light-emitting area of the first color sub-pixel, the first notch, and the light-emitting area of the third color sub-pixel.
  • At least one corner 1010 of the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 is surrounded by the first isolation portion 211, and the first isolation portion 211 is located between the adjacent first color sub-pixel 11 and the second color sub-pixel 12 to reduce the probability of crosstalk between the first color sub-pixel and the second color sub-pixel.
  • the distance between the first isolation portion 211 arranged between the first color sub-pixel 11 and the second color sub-pixel 12 and the edges of the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 that are close to each other is a first sub-distance
  • the distance between the first isolation portion 211 and the edges of the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12 that are close to each other is a second sub-distance.
  • the first sub-distance is smaller than the second sub-distance, that is, the first isolation portion 211 is closer to the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11.
  • the first isolating portion 211 includes a plurality of sub-portions arranged at intervals, and a first gap 212 is provided between adjacent sub-portions.
  • the size of the first gap 212 is smaller than the length of the side 1113 of the light emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11.
  • the isolation portion 210 includes a non-closed ring-shaped second isolation portion 213 surrounding at least one second color sub-pixel 12, the non-closed ring-shaped second isolation portion 212 is provided with at least two second gaps 214 exposing at least two sides 1123 of the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 11, and the first isolation portion 211 is arranged opposite to the second isolation portion 213.
  • the second isolation portion refers to the portion of the defining structure surrounding the light-emitting area of the second color sub-pixel that is exposed by the second opening.
  • the second isolation portion 213 is located between the first color sub-pixel 11 and the second color sub-pixel 12 , such as the first isolation portion 211 and the second isolation portion 213 are disposed between the first color sub-pixel 11 and the second color sub-pixel 12 .
  • the plurality of trunk paths 310 further include a fourth trunk path 314 passing through the light emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12.
  • the fourth trunk path 314 also passes through the light emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13.
  • the number of fourth trunk paths 314 passing through the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12 can be adjusted.
  • the same second color sub-pixel 12 corresponds to five second notches 214, wherein two second notches 214 are arranged opposite to each other in a third direction, such as the V direction, and two second notches 214 are arranged opposite to each other in a fourth direction, such as the W direction, and the fifth second notch 214 avoids the connection electrode 112 of the first electrode 110 of the second color sub-pixel 12, such as the fifth second notch 214 exposes a corner 1020 of the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12, then the same second color sub-pixel 12 is passed through by one fourth trunk path 314 extending along the third direction and one fourth trunk path 314 extending along the fourth direction.
  • the second isolation portion 213 is not provided between the second color sub-pixel 12 and the third color sub-pixel 13 , so that the fourth trunk path can sequentially pass through the light-emitting area of the second color sub-pixel, the second notch and the light-emitting area of the third color sub-pixel.
  • the first trunk path 311 passes through the space between the first isolation portion 211 and the second isolation portion 213 and the light emitting region 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13 .
  • At least one corner 1020 of the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12 is surrounded by the second isolation portion 213, and the second isolation portion 213 is located between the adjacent first color sub-pixel 11 and the second color sub-pixel 12 to reduce the probability of crosstalk between the first color sub-pixel and the second color sub-pixel.
  • the second isolation portion 213 is located between the adjacent first color sub-pixel 11 and the second color sub-pixel 12 to reduce the probability of crosstalk between the first color sub-pixel and the second color sub-pixel.
  • the distance between the second isolation portion 213 arranged between the first color sub-pixel 11 and the second color sub-pixel 12 and the edges of the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 that are close to each other is a third sub-distance
  • the distance between the second isolation portion 213 and the edges of the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12 that are close to each other is a fourth sub-distance.
  • the third sub-distance is greater than the fourth sub-distance, that is, the second isolation portion 213 is closer to the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12.
  • the second isolating portion 213 includes a plurality of sub-portions arranged at intervals, and a second gap 214 is provided between adjacent sub-portions.
  • the size of the second gap 214 is smaller than the length of the side 1123 of the light emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12.
  • the second electrode of the display substrate may include a branch path passing through the connection electrode of the first electrode of the first color sub-pixel, one end of the branch path may be connected to the second trunk path 312, and the other end of the branch path may be connected to the third trunk path 313.
  • the second electrode of the display substrate may also include a branch path passing through the connection electrode of the first electrode of the second color sub-pixel, one end of the branch path may be connected to the second trunk path 312, and the other end of the branch path may be connected to the fourth trunk path 314.
  • first isolation portion and a second isolation portion are provided between a first color sub-pixel and a second color sub-pixel
  • at least one of the first isolation portion and the second isolation portion may also be provided with a smaller gap, and the gap is only opposite to the edge of the light-emitting area of the sub-pixel, and not opposite to the corner of the light-emitting area of the sub-pixel.
  • the display substrate provided by the present disclosure can reduce the probability of crosstalk while minimizing the increase in the resistance of the second electrode, by setting at least two isolation portions between the opposite corners of the first color sub-pixel and the second color sub-pixel, and not setting isolation portions at the corresponding positions of the sides of the first color sub-pixel and the second color sub-pixel, thereby achieving a better balance between crosstalk and power consumption for the path of the second electrode.
  • Figures 11 and 12 are schematic diagrams of the partial planar structure of another display substrate provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 11 shows the first electrode of the light-emitting element, but does not show the second electrode of the light-emitting element.
  • Figure 12 shows the second electrode of the light-emitting element, but does not show the first electrode of the light-emitting element.
  • the difference between the display substrate shown in Figures 11 and 12 and the display substrate shown in Figure 1 is that the mesh path of the second electrode changes by changing the shape and position setting of the isolation portion while the pixel arrangement remains unchanged.
  • Figure 12 schematically shows the path of the path, but does not show the shape of the path.
  • the second electrode in the display substrate includes a path of uneven width, and the orthographic projection of the widest position in the path on the substrate substrate overlaps with the orthographic projection of the light-emitting area on the substrate substrate.
  • the substrate substrate, insulating layer, limiting structure, pixel limiting portion, first opening and light-emitting element in this example have the same features as the substrate substrate, insulating layer, limiting structure, pixel limiting portion, first opening and light-emitting element shown in Figure 1, and will not be repeated here.
  • the isolation portion 210 includes a non-closed annular first isolation portion 211 surrounding at least one first color sub-pixel 11, and the non-closed annular first isolation portion 211 is provided with at least two first notches 212 exposing the corners 1010 of the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11, and the at least two first notches 212 include, for example, two first notches 212 arranged opposite to each other in the first direction, and the trunk path 310 passes through the two first notches 212.
  • the above-mentioned first isolation portion refers to the limiting structure exposed by the second opening of the pixel limiting pattern, and the above-mentioned first notch refers to the limiting structure covered by the pixel limiting portion.
  • the above-mentioned first isolation portion refers to the portion of the limiting structure surrounding the light-emitting area of the first color sub-pixel that is exposed by the second opening.
  • the isolation portions 210 surrounding each first color sub-pixel 11 are all first isolation portions 211.
  • the first isolation portions 211 are located between adjacent first color sub-pixels 11 and second color sub-pixels 12 arranged in the second direction.
  • the first isolation portions 211 include at least one corner 1010 and at least one side of the light emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11.
  • the trunk path 310 passes through the light-emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13 and the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11.
  • the trunk path 310 includes a first trunk path 311 and a second trunk path 312 whose extension directions intersect, and the first trunk path 311 and the second trunk path 312 meet at the light-emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13.
  • the trunk path passes through the first color sub-pixel in addition to the third color sub-pixel, which can further reduce the resistance of the second electrode to reduce power consumption.
  • the first isolation portion 210 is located between the first color sub-pixel 11 and the third color sub-pixel 13 that are adjacently disposed in the third direction, and both the first direction and the second direction intersect with the third direction.
  • the third direction may be the V direction shown in FIG. 4A .
  • the distance between the first isolation portion 210 and the edges of the light-emitting region 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 that are close to each other is a first distance D1
  • the distance between the first isolation portion 210 and the edges of the light-emitting region 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13 that are close to each other is a second distance D2, and the first distance D1 is less than the second distance D2.
  • the edge of the above-mentioned first isolation portion refers to the edge of the first isolation portion exposed by the second opening of the pixel defining pattern.
  • only one isolation portion 210 such as the first isolation portion 211, is arranged between the adjacent first color sub-pixel 11 and the third color sub-pixel 13, and the first isolation portion 211 is closer to the first color sub-pixel 11, which is beneficial to increase the width of the main path of the second electrode at the overlapping position with the third color sub-pixel, thereby reducing the power consumption of the display substrate when it is used for display.
  • the ratio of the first distance D1 to the second distance D2 may be 0.1 to 0.9.
  • the ratio of the first distance D1 to the second distance D2 may be 0.2 to 0.7.
  • the ratio of the first distance D1 to the second distance D2 may be 0.3 to 0.8.
  • the ratio of the first distance D1 to the second distance D2 may be 0.45 to 0.65.
  • the ratio of the first distance D1 to the second distance D2 may be 0.5 to 0.58.
  • the ratio of the first distance D1 to the second distance D2 may be 0.55 to 0.6.
  • the first notch 212 is configured to expose at least one corner 1010 of the light emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11.
  • different first notches 212 corresponding to the same first color sub-pixel 11 are configured to expose different corners 1010 of the light emitting area 101.
  • the first notch 212 exposes the connection electrode 111 of the first electrode 110 .
  • the isolation portion 210 includes a non-closed ring-shaped second isolation portion 213 surrounding at least one second color sub-pixel 12, the non-closed ring-shaped second isolation portion 213 is provided with at least two second notches 214 exposing the corners 1020 of the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12, the at least two second notches 214 include, for example, two second notches 214 arranged opposite to each other in the first direction, the second notches 214 and the first notches 212 are arranged opposite to each other in the first direction so that the trunk path 310 passes through the first notch 212 and the second notch 214.
  • the trunk path 310 sequentially passes through the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11, the first notch 212, the second notch 214, and the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12.
  • the above-mentioned second isolation portion refers to the portion of the defining structure surrounding the light-emitting area of the second color sub-pixel that is exposed by the second opening.
  • a first isolation portion 211 and a second isolation portion 213 are provided between adjacent first color sub-pixels 11 and second color sub-pixels 12 arranged in the second direction, and no isolation portion 210 is provided between adjacent first color sub-pixels 11 and second color sub-pixels 12 arranged in the first direction. This reduces the crosstalk between the first color sub-pixels and the second color sub-pixels in the second direction and provides a charge path for the second electrode in the first direction, which is beneficial to balancing crosstalk and power consumption.
  • the trunk path 310 passes through the space between the first isolation portion 211 and the second isolation portion 213 adjacently disposed in the second direction and the space between the first isolation portion 211 and the second isolation portion 213 adjacently disposed in the first direction.
  • the trunk path 310 passing through the space between the first isolation portion 211 and the second isolation portion 213 adjacently disposed passes through the light emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13.
  • the second isolation portion 213 is located between the second color sub-pixel 12 and the third color sub-pixel 13 that are adjacently disposed in the third direction, and both the first direction and the second direction intersect with the third direction.
  • the third direction may be the V direction shown in FIG. 4A .
  • the distance between the second isolation portion 213 and the edges of the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12 that are close to each other is a third distance D3, and the distance between the second isolation portion 213 and the edges of the light-emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13 that are close to each other is a fourth distance D4, and the third distance D3 is less than the fourth distance D4.
  • the edge of the above-mentioned second isolation portion refers to the edge of the second isolation portion exposed by the second opening of the pixel defining pattern.
  • only one isolation portion 210 such as the second isolation portion 213, is arranged between the adjacent second color sub-pixel 12 and the third color sub-pixel 13, and the second isolation portion 213 is closer to the second color sub-pixel 12, which is beneficial to increase the width of the main path of the second electrode at the overlapping position with the third color sub-pixel, thereby reducing the power consumption of the display substrate when used for display.
  • the ratio of the third distance D3 to the fourth distance D4 may be 0.1 to 0.9.
  • the ratio of the third distance D3 to the fourth distance D4 may be 0.2 to 0.7.
  • the ratio of the third distance D3 to the fourth distance D4 may be 0.3 to 0.8.
  • the ratio of the third distance D3 to the fourth distance D4 may be 0.45 to 0.65.
  • the ratio of the third distance D3 to the fourth distance D4 may be 0.5 to 0.58.
  • the ratio of the third distance D3 to the fourth distance D4 may be 0.55 to 0.6.
  • the interval between the first isolation portion 211 and the second isolation portion 213 adjacent to each other in the first direction is not less than the dimension of the first notch 212 in the second direction and the dimension of the second notch 214 in the second direction.
  • the width of the passage of the second electrode therebetween can be increased as much as possible so that the resistance of the second electrode is not high, thereby facilitating the reduction of power consumption.
  • Figures 13A-13B are schematic diagrams of the partial planar structure of another display substrate provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 13A shows the first electrode of the light-emitting element, without showing the second electrode of the light-emitting element
  • Figure 13B shows the second electrode of the light-emitting element, without showing the first electrode of the light-emitting element.
  • the difference between the display substrate shown in Figures 13A to 13B and the display substrate shown in Figure 1 is that the mesh path of the second electrode changes by changing the shape and position setting of the isolation portion while the pixel arrangement remains unchanged.
  • Figure 13B schematically shows the path of the path, without showing the shape of the path, and the second electrode in the display substrate includes a path of uneven width, and the orthographic projection of the widest position in the path on the substrate substrate overlaps with the orthographic projection of the light-emitting area on the substrate substrate.
  • the substrate substrate, insulating layer, limiting structure, pixel limiting portion, first opening and light-emitting element in this example have the same features as the substrate substrate, insulating layer, limiting structure, pixel limiting portion, first opening and light-emitting element shown in Figure 1, and will not be repeated here.
  • the isolation portion 210 includes a non-closed ring-shaped third isolation portion 215 surrounding at least one third color sub-pixel 13, the non-closed ring-shaped third isolation portion 215 is provided with at least two third notches 216 exposing the corner 1030 of the light-emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13, the at least two third notches 216 include two third notches 216 arranged opposite to each other, and the trunk path 310 passes through the two third notches 216 arranged opposite to each other, the interval between the third isolation portions 215 arranged adjacent to each other in the first direction, and the interval between the third isolation portions 215 arranged adjacent to each other in the second direction.
  • the third isolation portion refers to the portion of the defining structure surrounding the light-emitting area of the third color sub-pixel exposed by the second opening.
  • the trunk path 310 passes through the third notches 216 and the light-emitting areas 101 of the third color sub-pixels 13 that are alternately arranged.
  • the trunk path 310 includes a first trunk path 311 and a second trunk path 312 whose extension directions intersect, one of the first trunk path 311 and the second trunk path 312 passes through the third notch 216 and the light-emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13, and the other of the first trunk path 311 and the second trunk path 312 passes through the space between adjacent third isolation portions 215, the first color sub-pixel 11, and the second color sub-pixel 12.
  • a portion of the first trunk path 311 passes through the space between adjacent third isolation portions 215, the first color sub-pixel 11, and the second color sub-pixel 12.
  • the maximum dimension of the interval between the adjacent third isolation portions 215 in the first direction is not greater than the maximum dimension of the third gap 216 in the first direction.
  • the width of the path passing through the second electrode of the third color sub-pixel can be increased as much as possible, while the width of the path passing through the second electrode of the first color sub-pixel and the second color sub-pixel can be reduced as much as possible, so as to minimize the crosstalk between the adjacent first color sub-pixel and the second color sub-pixel while minimizing the increase in the resistance of the second electrode, thereby balancing the crosstalk and power consumption.
  • the isolation portion 210 further includes a non-closed ring-shaped first isolation portion 211 surrounding the first color sub-pixel 11 and a non-closed ring-shaped second isolation portion 213 surrounding the second color sub-pixel 12.
  • the first isolation portion 211 is provided with a first notch 212
  • the second isolation portion 213 is provided with a second notch 214.
  • the second opening 420 of the pixel defining pattern for exposing the third isolation portion 215 also exposes the first isolation portion 211 and the second isolation portion 213.
  • the trunk path 310 sequentially passes through the first notch 212, the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11, the second notch 214, and the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12.
  • the first trunk path 311 sequentially passes through the first notch 212, the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11, the second notch 214, and the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12.
  • the second trunk path 312 sequentially passes through the first notch 212, the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11, the second notch 214, and the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12.
  • a second opening 420 of the pixel defining pattern 400 includes a first isolation portion surrounding the first color sub-pixel 11 , a second isolation portion surrounding the second color sub-pixel 12 , and a third isolation portion surrounding the third color sub-pixel 13 , such that the second opening 420 exposes three isolation portions.
  • FIG14A is a schematic diagram of a partial planar structure of another display substrate provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG14B is a partial enlarged view of the display substrate shown in FIG14A.
  • the passage of the second electrode in the display substrate shown in FIG14A may be the same as the passage in FIG13B, and will not be repeated here.
  • the difference between the display substrate shown in FIG13A and the display substrate shown in FIG14A is only whether the limiting structure 200 surrounding the third color sub-pixel 13 is exposed by the second opening 420 of the pixel limiting pattern 400.
  • the second opening 420 exposes two isolation portions, or only exposes one isolation portion.
  • the light-emitting area of the first color sub-pixel 11 includes multiple corners; the isolation portion 210 includes a non-closed ring-shaped first isolation portion 211 surrounding at least one first color sub-pixel 11, and the non-closed ring-shaped first isolation portion 211 is provided with at least two first notches 212 exposing at least two corners of the multiple corners, and the at least two first notches 212 include two first notches 212 of different sizes.
  • the light emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 includes four corners, and the four corners include two first corners 1021 arranged opposite to each other in the first direction and two second corners 1022 arranged opposite to each other in the second direction.
  • the isolation portion 210 includes a non-closed ring-shaped first isolation portion 211 surrounding at least one first color sub-pixel 11, and the non-closed ring-shaped first isolation portion 211 is provided with four first notches 212 exposing the four corners, and at least two of the four first notches 212 have different sizes.
  • the size of the first notch 212 corresponding to the connection electrode of the first electrode is larger.
  • the size of the first notch 212 exposing the first corner 1021 is different from the size of the first notch 212 exposing the second corner 1022.
  • the first notch 212 exposing the first corner 1021 corresponds to the connection electrode of the first electrode, and the size of the first notch 212 exposing the first corner 1021 is larger than the size of the first notch 212 exposing the second corner 1022.
  • the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12 includes multiple corners; the isolation portion 210 includes a non-closed ring-shaped second isolation portion 213 surrounding at least one second color sub-pixel 12, and the non-closed ring-shaped second isolation portion 213 is provided with at least two second notches 214 exposing at least two corners of the multiple corners, and the at least two second notches 214 include two second notches 214 of different sizes.
  • the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12 includes four corners, and the four corners include two third corners 1023 arranged opposite to each other in the first direction and two fourth corners 1024 arranged opposite to each other in the second direction;
  • the isolation portion 210 includes a non-closed ring-shaped second isolation portion 213 surrounding at least one second color sub-pixel 12, and the non-closed ring-shaped second isolation portion 213 is provided with four second notches 214 exposing the four corners, and at least two of the four second notches 214 have different sizes.
  • the size of the second notch 214 exposing the third corner 1023 is different from the size of the second notch 214 exposing the fourth corner 1024 .
  • the size of the second notch 214 corresponding to the connection electrode of the first electrode is larger.
  • the second notch 214 exposing the third corner 1023 corresponds to the connection electrode of the first electrode, and the size of the second notch 214 exposing the third corner 1023 is larger than the size of the second notch 214 exposing the fourth corner 1024.
  • the size of the second notch exposing the fourth corner is smaller, it is helpful to reduce the crosstalk between the first color sub-pixel and the second color sub-pixel arranged along the second direction.
  • Figures 15 and 16 are schematic diagrams of the partial planar structure of another display substrate provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 15 shows the first electrode of the light-emitting element, but does not show the second electrode of the light-emitting element.
  • Figure 16 shows the second electrode of the light-emitting element, but does not show the first electrode of the light-emitting element.
  • the difference between the display substrate shown in Figures 15 and 16 and the display substrate shown in Figure 1 is that the pixel arrangement is different, and the shape and position of the isolation part are different.
  • Figure 16 schematically shows the path of the passage, but does not show the shape of the passage.
  • the second electrode in the display substrate includes a passage with uneven width, and the orthographic projection of the widest position in the passage on the base substrate overlaps with the orthographic projection of the light-emitting area on the base substrate.
  • the base substrate, insulating layer and light-emitting element in this example have the same features as the base substrate, insulating layer and light-emitting element shown in Figure 1, and will not be repeated here.
  • the sub-pixel 10 includes a first color sub-pixel 11, a second color sub-pixel 12, and a third color sub-pixel 13.
  • the first color sub-pixel 11 may be a blue sub-pixel that emits blue light
  • the second color sub-pixel 12 may be a red sub-pixel that emits red light
  • the third color sub-pixel 13 may be a green sub-pixel that emits green light.
  • the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 and the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12 are both hexagonal in shape
  • the light-emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13 is a quadrilateral in shape.
  • the first color sub-pixel 11, the second color sub-pixel 12, and the third color sub-pixel 13 are sequentially arranged cyclically in one direction to form a sub-pixel group, such as cyclically arranged in the Y direction to form a sub-pixel group, and a plurality of pixel groups are arranged in another direction, such as arranged in the X direction, and are staggered in the above-mentioned direction, such as the Y direction.
  • a plurality of sub-pixels 10 may be arranged as a Delta pixel arrangement.
  • the defining structures 200 surrounding each sub-pixel 10 may be a closed ring structure.
  • the defining structures 200 surrounding each sub-pixel 10 may surround the first electrode 110 and cover a circle edge of the first electrode 110.
  • the portion of the defining structure 200 surrounding each sub-pixel 10 exposed by the second opening 402 of the pixel defining pattern includes an isolation portion 210.
  • the defining structure in this example may have the same stacking structure features as the defining structure in the display substrate in the above example, which will not be described in detail.
  • the plurality of channels 300 include a plurality of trunk channels 310 and a plurality of branch channels 320.
  • the trunk channels and branch channels in the display substrate shown in Figure 16 have the same definition as those in the display substrate shown in Figure 2, and are not described again.
  • the extension directions of the plurality of trunk passages 310 are the same.
  • both ends of the branch passage 320 may be connected to the trunk passage 310 extending in the X direction.
  • the trunk path 310 passes through the light emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11.
  • one branch path 320 may pass through at least one of the light emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11, the light emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12, and the light emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13.
  • the limiting structure 200 corresponding to one side of the light emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 is exposed by the second opening 420 to form the isolation portion 210, and the limiting structures 200 corresponding to the other sides of the light emitting area 101 are covered by the pixel limiting portion 401.
  • the isolation portion 210 is disposed between the first color sub-pixel 11 and the second color sub-pixel 12 in the same sub-pixel group. By disposing the isolation portion between the first color sub-pixel and the second color sub-pixel, the probability of crosstalk between the first color sub-pixel and the second color sub-pixel can be reduced.
  • the main via 310 of the second electrode 120 passes through other sides of the light emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 .
  • the limiting structures 200 corresponding to the three sides of the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12 are exposed by the second opening 420 to form the isolation portion 210, and the limiting structures 200 corresponding to the other sides of the light-emitting area 101 are covered by the pixel limiting portion 401, such as the isolation portion 210 is located between the second color sub-pixel 12 and the third color sub-pixel 13 in the same sub-pixel group, and between the first color sub-pixel 11 and the second color sub-pixel 12 in the adjacent sub-pixel group.
  • the probability of crosstalk between the third color sub-pixel and the second color sub-pixel in the same sub-pixel group and the probability of crosstalk between the first color sub-pixel and the second color sub-pixel in the adjacent sub-pixel group can be reduced.
  • the branch path 320 of the second electrode 120 passes through other sides of the light emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12 and the interval between adjacent first color sub-pixels 11 and second color sub-pixels 12 of the same group.
  • the limiting structures 200 corresponding to the sides of the light-emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13 are exposed by the second opening 420 to form the isolation portion 210, and at least two sides are covered by the pixel limiting portion 401 so that the isolation portion 210 is formed as a non-closed ring isolation portion 210.
  • the isolation portion 210 is located between the first color sub-pixel 11 and the third color sub-pixel 13 of the same sub-pixel group, and between the third color sub-pixel 13 and the second color sub-pixel 12 of the adjacent sub-pixel group, and between the third color sub-pixel 13 and the first color sub-pixel 11 of the adjacent sub-pixel group.
  • the probability of crosstalk between adjacent sub-pixels in the same sub-pixel group and the probability of crosstalk between adjacent sub-pixels in adjacent sub-pixel groups can be reduced.
  • the branch path 320 of the second electrode 120 passes through a gap formed by the non-closed ring-shaped isolation portion 210 of the light-emitting region 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13 .
  • a minimum number of isolation parts is provided to achieve an efficient isolation effect to reduce crosstalk while preventing the resistance of the second electrode from being significantly increased.
  • Figures 17 and 18 are schematic diagrams of the partial planar structure of another display substrate provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 17 shows the first electrode of the light-emitting element, but does not show the second electrode of the light-emitting element.
  • Figure 18 shows the second electrode of the light-emitting element, but does not show the first electrode of the light-emitting element.
  • the display substrate shown in Figures 15 to 18 is different from the display substrate shown in Figure 1 in that the pixel arrangement is different, and the shape and position of the isolation portion are different.
  • Figure 18 schematically shows the path of the passage, but does not show the shape of the passage.
  • the second electrode in the display substrate includes a passage with uneven width, and the orthographic projection of the widest position in the passage on the base substrate overlaps with the orthographic projection of the light-emitting area on the base substrate.
  • the base substrate, insulating layer and light-emitting element in this example have the same features as the base substrate, insulating layer and light-emitting element shown in Figure 1, and will not be repeated here.
  • the sub-pixel 10 includes a first color sub-pixel 11, a second color sub-pixel 12, and a third color sub-pixel 13.
  • the first color sub-pixel 11 may be a blue sub-pixel that emits blue light
  • the second color sub-pixel 12 may be a red sub-pixel that emits red light
  • the third color sub-pixel 13 may be a green sub-pixel that emits green light.
  • the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11, the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12, and the light-emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13 are all quadrilaterals.
  • the first color sub-pixels 11 and the second color sub-pixels 12 are alternately arranged in one direction, such as in the Y direction to form a first sub-pixel group, and the angle between the center line connecting the light-emitting areas 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 and the second color sub-pixel 12 and the straight line extending in the Y direction is relatively large, such as 3 to 10 degrees.
  • the third color sub-pixel 13 is arranged in the above-mentioned one direction, such as the Y direction, to form a second sub-pixel group, and the first sub-pixel group and the second sub-pixel group are alternately arranged in another direction, such as the X direction.
  • the plurality of sub-pixels 10 are arranged in a tripod-shaped pixel arrangement.
  • the defining structures 200 surrounding different sub-pixels 10 may be integrated or spaced apart.
  • the defining structures 200 surrounding each sub-pixel 10 may surround the first electrode 110 and cover a circle of the edge of the first electrode 110 .
  • the portion of the defining structure 200 surrounding each sub-pixel 10 exposed by the second opening 402 of the pixel defining pattern includes an isolation portion 210.
  • the defining structure in this example may have the same stacking structure features as the defining structure in the display substrate in the above example, which will not be described in detail.
  • the plurality of channels 300 include a plurality of trunk channels 310 and a plurality of branch channels 320.
  • the trunk channels and branch channels in the display substrate shown in Figure 18 have the same definition as those in the display substrate shown in Figure 2, and are not described again.
  • the plurality of trunk pathways 310 include a first trunk pathway 311 and a second trunk pathway 312 whose extension directions intersect, the first trunk pathway 311 and the second trunk pathway 312 are connected, and the charges transmitted by the second electrode 120 can be transmitted in the first trunk pathway 311 and the second trunk pathway 312.
  • one of the first trunk pathway 311 and the second trunk pathway 312 extends in the X direction, and the other extends in the Y direction.
  • both ends of the branch passage 320 are connected to the main passage 310 extending in the same direction.
  • the branch passage 320 extends in a direction different from that of the main passage 310.
  • the trunk path 310 passes through the light emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 and the light emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12.
  • the first trunk path 311 passes through the light emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 and the light emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12.
  • the branch path 320 passes through the light emitting area 101 of the third color sub-pixel 13.
  • a circle of defining structures 200 surrounding the light-emitting area 101 of the first color sub-pixel 11 is not exposed by the second opening 420 of the pixel defining pattern.
  • a circle of defining structures 200 surrounding the light-emitting area 101 of the second color sub-pixel 12 at least a portion between the second color sub-pixel and the third color sub-pixel 13 is exposed by the second opening 420 to form an isolation portion 210.
  • the isolation portions 210 surrounding the light-emitting area 101 of any sub-pixel 10 are all non-closed ring-shaped isolation portions 210.
  • a minimum number of isolation parts is provided to achieve an efficient isolation effect to reduce crosstalk while preventing the resistance of the second electrode from being significantly increased.
  • the side of at least some sub-pixels located at the edge of the display area away from the center of the display area may not be provided with a limiting structure to improve the continuity of the second electrode at the edge of the display area.
  • a display substrate comprising: a base substrate; a plurality of sub-pixels, located on the base substrate, each sub-pixel in at least some of the sub-pixels comprises a light-emitting element, the light-emitting element comprises a light-emitting region, the light-emitting element comprises a light-emitting functional layer and a first electrode and a second electrode located on both sides of the light-emitting functional layer in a direction perpendicular to the base substrate, the first electrode is located between the light-emitting functional layer and the base substrate, and the light-emitting functional layer comprises a plurality of film layers.
  • An isolation portion is provided between at least two adjacent sub-pixels, at least one layer of the light-emitting functional layer and at least a portion of the second electrode are disconnected at the edge of the isolation portion, and the second electrodes of adjacently arranged sub-pixels are at least partially continuously arranged to form a mesh path; the mesh path comprises a plurality of paths arranged crosswise, and at least one path is a path arranged with uneven width.
  • the base substrate, sub-pixels and isolation portion in this embodiment may have the same features as the base substrate, sub-pixels and isolation portion in any of the above embodiments.
  • the passage 300 with uneven width includes a first passage portion 3011 overlapping the light-emitting area 101 and a second passage portion 3012 located outside the light-emitting area 101, and a straight line perpendicular to the extension direction of the passage 300 with uneven width includes a first straight line passing through the orthographic projection of the first passage portion 3011 on the base substrate 01 and a second straight line passing through the orthographic projection of the second passage portion 3012 on the base substrate 01, the length of a line connecting two intersection points of the first straight line and the orthographic projections of the edge of the isolation portion 210 located on both sides of the first passage portion 3011 on the base substrate 01 is a first line length L31, the length of a line connecting two intersection points of the second straight line and the orthographic projections of the edge of the isolation portion 210 located on both sides of the second passage portion 3012 on the base substrate 01 is a second line length L32, and the
  • the isolation portion provided in the display substrate provided by the present invention isolates at least one layer of the light-emitting functional layer and at least a part of the second electrode, and at the same time, the shape of the isolation portion is set so that the second electrode forms a mesh path, and the distance between the edges of the isolation portions on both sides of the first path portion at the position corresponding to the light-emitting area in the mesh path is not less than the distance between the edges of the isolation portions on both sides of the second path portion outside the corresponding light-emitting area, thereby achieving the goal of reducing the crosstalk generated between adjacent sub-pixels while improving the conduction effect of the second electrode, ensuring that the resistance of the second electrode does not increase as much as possible, which is beneficial to avoiding the problem of excessive power consumption and brightness uniformity on the display substrate.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a display substrate, comprising: a substrate substrate; a plurality of sub-pixels, located on the substrate substrate, each of at least some of the sub-pixels comprising a light-emitting element, the light-emitting element comprising a light-emitting area, the light-emitting element comprising a light-emitting functional layer and a first electrode and a second electrode located on both sides of the light-emitting functional layer in a direction perpendicular to the substrate substrate, the first electrode being located between the light-emitting functional layer and the substrate substrate, the light-emitting functional layer comprising a plurality of film layers, and the second electrode covering the light-emitting area of each sub-pixel; a pixel defining pattern, located between the second electrode and the substrate substrate, and located on a side of the first electrode away from the substrate substrate, the pixel defining pattern comprising a plurality of first openings, one sub-pixel corresponding to at
  • At least one isolation portion is disposed in each second opening, and at least one layer of the light-emitting functional layer and at least a portion of the second electrode are disconnected at the isolation portion.
  • a gap is provided between the orthographic projection of a portion of the edge of the isolation portion on the base substrate and the orthographic projection of the edge of the second opening where it is located on the base substrate, which is beneficial to achieve the isolation of the light-emitting functional layer by the edge position of the isolation portion.
  • the distances between the two edges of the light-emitting areas of the sub-pixels located on both sides of the isolation portion in the extension direction perpendicular to the isolation portion and the edges of the isolation portion exposed by the second opening are different, which is beneficial to improving the conduction effect of the second electrode, ensuring that the resistance of the second electrode does not increase as much as possible, and is beneficial to avoiding excessive power consumption and brightness uniformity problems on the display substrate.
  • At least one second opening is disposed around a light emitting region of at least one sub-pixel.
  • the portion of the second electrode surrounding the second opening includes a closed ring structure, so that the shape of the second electrode can be a mesh structure, which is beneficial to improving the conduction effect of the second electrode.
  • the second electrode overlapping the light-emitting area of the sub-pixel and the second electrode located at the second opening away from the light-emitting area are a continuous structure, which is beneficial to improving the conduction effect of the second electrode, ensuring that the resistance of the second electrode does not increase as much as possible, and is beneficial to avoiding excessive power consumption and brightness uniformity problems on the display substrate.
  • the second electrodes of the sub-pixels located on both sides of the isolation portion in the extension direction perpendicular to the isolation portion are connected at a position outside the second opening, which is beneficial to improving the conduction effect of the second electrode and ensuring that the resistance of the second electrode does not increase as much as possible.
  • the second opening surrounding the light emitting area of at least one sub-pixel is a non-closed ring structure, so that the second electrode is continuously disposed at the gap position of the non-closed ring-shaped second opening.
  • the shape of the light-emitting area of at least one sub-pixel includes a polygon, and each side of the polygon away from the center of the light-emitting area is provided with the second opening, which is beneficial to reducing crosstalk between adjacent sub-pixels.
  • the boundary of the second opening includes a portion where the extension direction intersects both the row direction and the column direction.
  • the edge of the second opening includes a portion whose extension direction is parallel to one of the row direction and the column direction.
  • the multiple sub-pixels include a plurality of first color sub-pixels, a plurality of second color sub-pixels, and a plurality of third color sub-pixels
  • the multiple sub-pixels are arranged as a plurality of first sub-pixel groups and a plurality of second sub-pixel groups alternately arranged along a first direction
  • each first sub-pixel group includes the first color sub-pixels and the second color sub-pixels alternately arranged along a second direction
  • each second sub-pixel group includes the third color sub-pixels arranged along the second direction
  • the first direction intersects with the second direction.
  • the second opening includes a non-closed annular first opening portion surrounding at least one first color sub-pixel, and the non-closed annular first opening portion is provided with a first gap, and the first gap is arranged opposite to at least one of the edges and corners of the first color sub-pixel.
  • the second opening includes a non-closed annular second opening portion surrounding at least one second color sub-pixel, and the non-closed annular second opening portion is provided with a second notch, and the second notch is arranged opposite to at least one of the edges and corners of the second color sub-pixel.
  • the second opening includes a non-closed ring-shaped third opening portion surrounding at least one third color sub-pixel, and the non-closed ring-shaped third opening portion is provided with a third gap, and the third gap is arranged opposite to at least one of the edges and corners of the third color sub-pixel.
  • the first opening portion is located between the first color sub-pixel and the third color sub-pixel that are adjacently disposed, or the first opening portion is located between the first color sub-pixel and the second color sub-pixel that are adjacently disposed.
  • the second opening portion is located between the second color sub-pixel and the third color sub-pixel that are adjacently disposed, or the second opening portion is located between the first color sub-pixel and the second color sub-pixel that are adjacently disposed.
  • the third opening is located between the second color sub-pixel and the third color sub-pixel that are adjacently disposed, or the second opening is located between the first color sub-pixel and the third color sub-pixel that are adjacently disposed.
  • a size of the first notch is different from a size of the second notch.
  • the first color sub-pixel and the second color sub-pixel include the first opening and the second opening that are adjacently arranged, the minimum distance between the first opening and the second opening that are adjacently arranged is the first spacing distance L001, the maximum spacing distance of the first opening surrounding the first color sub-pixel in the arrangement direction of the first opening and the second opening that are adjacently arranged (the distance between the two intersections of the straight line passing through the center of the light-emitting area of the first color sub-pixel and the edge of the first opening surrounding the light-emitting area close to the center of the light-emitting area as shown in FIG.
  • the second electrode 11 is the second spacing distance L002
  • the maximum spacing distance of the second opening surrounding the second color sub-pixel in the arrangement direction of the first opening and the second opening that are adjacently arranged is the third spacing distance L003
  • the second spacing distance and the third spacing distance are both greater than the first spacing distance.
  • the display substrate also includes an insulating layer located between the pixel defining pattern and the base substrate, the isolation portion is located on a surface of the insulating layer away from the base substrate, and the insulating layer is provided in the second opening at a position other than the isolation portion.
  • the distribution of the second openings in this embodiment may be the same as the distribution of the isolation parts in the above embodiment.
  • the distribution of the second openings may refer to the distribution of the isolation parts.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure provides a display substrate, including a substrate and a plurality of sub-pixels located on the substrate.
  • Each sub-pixel in at least some of the sub-pixels includes a light-emitting element, the light-emitting element includes a light-emitting area, the light-emitting element includes a light-emitting function layer and a first electrode and a second electrode located on both sides of the light-emitting function layer in a direction perpendicular to the substrate, the first electrode is located between the light-emitting function layer and the substrate, and the light-emitting function layer includes a plurality of film layers.
  • An isolation portion is provided between at least two adjacent sub-pixels, at least one layer of the light-emitting function layer and at least a portion of the second electrode are disconnected at the edge of the isolation portion, and the second electrodes of the adjacent sub-pixels are at least partially continuously provided to form a mesh path; the length of the orthogonal projection of the second electrode in at least some of the sub-pixels on the substrate in one direction is greater than the sum of the sizes of the orthogonal projections of the light-emitting areas of the sub-pixels arranged along the direction on the substrate, the mesh path includes a plurality of paths arranged crosswise, at least one path is a path with uneven width, and the width of the portion overlapping with the light-emitting area in the path with uneven width is greater than the width of the portion overlapping with at least a portion of the position outside the light-emitting area.
  • the one direction includes a row direction or a column direction.
  • the plurality of sub-pixels include sub-pixels of different colors, and the widths of overlapping portions of the via and the light-emitting regions of the sub-pixels of different colors are different.
  • the edge of the isolation portion includes a portion whose extension direction intersects both the row direction and the column direction.
  • the edge of the isolation portion includes a portion whose extending direction is parallel to one of the row direction and the column direction.
  • the multiple paths include multiple trunk paths and multiple branch paths, the multiple trunk paths pass through the area where at least part of the sub-pixels are located, the two ends of at least one branch path are respectively connected to the trunk paths that intersect with the extension direction, or the two ends of at least one branch path are both connected to the trunk paths with the same extension direction.
  • the multiple main pathways include a first main pathway and a second main pathway whose extension directions intersect; the two ends of at least one branch pathway are respectively connected to the first main pathway and the second main pathway; or, the two ends of at least one branch pathway are both connected to one of the first main pathway and the second main pathway.
  • the multiple sub-pixels include a plurality of first color sub-pixels, a plurality of second color sub-pixels, and a plurality of third color sub-pixels
  • the multiple sub-pixels are arranged as a plurality of first sub-pixel groups and a plurality of second sub-pixel groups alternately arranged along a first direction
  • each first sub-pixel group includes the first color sub-pixels and the second color sub-pixels alternately arranged along a second direction
  • each second sub-pixel group includes the third color sub-pixels arranged along the second direction
  • the first direction intersects with the second direction.
  • the multiple paths include multiple trunk paths, and the multiple trunk paths pass through the area where at least part of the sub-pixels are located, and at least one trunk path overlaps with the light-emitting area of all third color sub-pixels in one of the second sub-pixel groups.
  • the plurality of trunk paths further include a trunk path passing through the first sub-pixel group.
  • the multiple main paths include a first main path and a second main path whose extension directions intersect, and the multiple paths also include multiple branch paths, and the two ends of at least one branch path are respectively connected to the first main path and the second main path; the at least one branch path passes through at least one of the first color sub-pixel and the second color sub-pixel.
  • the isolation portion includes a non-closed ring-shaped first isolation portion surrounding at least one first color sub-pixel, the non-closed ring-shaped first isolation portion is provided with at least two first gaps, and the at least one branch path passes through the first gap to be connected to the main path.
  • the isolation portion includes a non-closed ring-shaped second isolation portion surrounding at least one second color sub-pixel, the non-closed ring-shaped second isolation portion is provided with at least two second gaps, and the at least one branch path passes through the second gap to be connected to the main path.
  • the at least one branch path passes through the at least two first gaps
  • the at least two first gaps include a first gap located on one side of the light-emitting area of the first color sub-pixel in the first direction and a first gap located on one side of the light-emitting area of the first color sub-pixel in the second direction.
  • the at least one branch path passes through the at least two second gaps
  • the at least two second gaps include a second gap located on one side of the light-emitting area of the second color sub-pixel in the first direction and a second gap located on one side of the light-emitting area of the second color sub-pixel in the second direction.
  • the first notch is configured to expose at least one corner of the light-emitting area of the first color sub-pixel.
  • each side of the light-emitting area of the at least one first color sub-pixel or its extension line is connected in sequence to form a polygon, and multiple vertices of the polygon have areas that do not overlap with multiple corners of the corresponding light-emitting area;
  • the light-emitting area of the at least one first color sub-pixel includes at least one specific corner, and the area of the specific corner and the vertex angle of the polygon corresponding to the specific corner do not overlap is larger than the area of the area of each corner in at least some of the other corners and the vertex angle of the polygon corresponding to the corner do not overlap; at least part of the first notch is configured to expose at least part of the specific corner.
  • the first isolation portion is located between the first color sub-pixel and the third color sub-pixel that are adjacent to each other in a third direction, and the first direction and the second direction both intersect with the third direction; the distance between the first isolation portion and the edges of the light-emitting area of the first color sub-pixel that are close to each other is a first distance, and the distance between the first isolation portion and the edges of the light-emitting area of the third color sub-pixel that are close to each other is a second distance, and the first distance is smaller than the second distance.
  • the second isolation portion is located between the second color sub-pixel and the third color sub-pixel that are adjacent to each other in a third direction, and the first direction and the second direction both intersect with the third direction; the distance between the second isolation portion and the edges of the light-emitting area of the second color sub-pixel that are close to each other is a third distance, and the distance between the second isolation portion and the edges of the light-emitting area of the third color sub-pixel that are close to each other is a fourth distance, and the third distance is smaller than the fourth distance.
  • the isolation portion includes a non-closed ring-shaped third isolation portion surrounding at least one third color sub-pixel, and the non-closed ring-shaped third isolation portion is provided with at least two third gaps exposing the corners of the light-emitting area of the third color sub-pixel, and the at least one main path passes through the third gap.
  • the third isolation portion is located between the first color sub-pixel and the third color sub-pixel that are adjacent to each other in a third direction, the first direction and the second direction both intersect with the third direction, the distance between the third isolation portion and the edges of the light-emitting area of the third color sub-pixel that are close to each other is a fifth distance, the distance between the third isolation portion and the edges of the light-emitting area of the first color sub-pixel that are close to each other is a sixth distance, and the fifth distance is smaller than the sixth distance; and/or, the third isolation portion is located between the second color sub-pixel and the third color sub-pixel that are adjacent to each other in the third direction, the first direction and the second direction both intersect with the third direction, the distance between the third isolation portion and the edges of the light-emitting area of the third color sub-pixel that are close to each other is a fifth distance, the distance between the third isolation portion and the edges of the light-emitting area of the second color sub-pixel that are close to each other is a fifth distance,
  • the isolation portion further includes a fourth isolation portion, and the fourth isolation portion is located between adjacent first color sub-pixels and second color sub-pixels arranged along the second direction or along the first direction.
  • the isolation portion includes a non-closed ring-shaped first isolation portion surrounding at least one first color sub-pixel, and the non-closed ring-shaped first isolation portion is provided with at least two first notches exposing the corners of the light-emitting area of the first color sub-pixel, and the at least two first notches include two first notches arranged opposite to each other, and the main path passes through the two first notches.
  • the isolation portion includes a non-closed ring-shaped second isolation portion surrounding at least one second color sub-pixel, and the non-closed ring-shaped second isolation portion is provided with at least two second notches exposing the corners of the light-emitting area of the second color sub-pixel, and the at least two second notches include two second notches arranged opposite to each other, and the second notches are arranged opposite to the first notch so that the main path passes through the first notch and the second notch.
  • the first isolation portion is located between the first color sub-pixel and the third color sub-pixel that are adjacent to each other in a third direction, and the first direction and the second direction both intersect with the third direction; the distance between the first isolation portion and the edges of the light-emitting area of the first color sub-pixel that are close to each other is a first distance, and the distance between the first isolation portion and the edges of the light-emitting area of the third color sub-pixel that are close to each other is a second distance, and the first distance is smaller than the second distance.
  • the second isolation portion is located between the second color sub-pixel and the third color sub-pixel that are adjacent to each other in a third direction, and the first direction and the second direction both intersect with the third direction; the distance between the second isolation portion and the edges of the light-emitting area of the second color sub-pixel that are close to each other is a third distance, and the distance between the second isolation portion and the edges of the light-emitting area of the third color sub-pixel that are close to each other is a fourth distance, and the third distance is smaller than the fourth distance.
  • a spacing between the first isolation portion and the second isolation portion adjacent to each other in the first direction is not less than a size of the first notch in the second direction and a size of the second notch in the second direction.
  • the isolation portion includes a non-closed ring-shaped third isolation portion surrounding at least one third color sub-pixel, and the non-closed ring-shaped third isolation portion is provided with at least two third notches exposing the corners of the light-emitting area of the third color sub-pixel, and the at least two third notches include two third notches arranged opposite to each other, and the main path passes through the two third notches arranged opposite to each other, the interval between the third isolation portions adjacent to each other in the first direction, and the interval between the third isolation portions adjacent to each other in the second direction.
  • the third isolation portion is located between the second color sub-pixel and the third color sub-pixel that are adjacently arranged, and/or at least a portion of the third isolation portion is located between the first color sub-pixel and the third color sub-pixel that are adjacently arranged.
  • the light-emitting area of the first color sub-pixel includes multiple corners; the isolation portion includes a non-closed ring-shaped first isolation portion surrounding at least one first color sub-pixel, and the non-closed ring-shaped first isolation portion is provided with at least two first notches exposing at least two corners of the multiple corners, and the at least two first notches include two first notches of different sizes.
  • the light-emitting area of the first color sub-pixel includes four corners, and the four corners include two first corners arranged opposite to each other in the first direction and two second corners arranged opposite to each other in the second direction; the size of the first notch exposing the first corner is different from the size of the first notch exposing the second corner.
  • the light-emitting area of the second color sub-pixel includes multiple corners; the isolation portion includes a non-closed ring-shaped second isolation portion surrounding at least one second color sub-pixel, and the non-closed ring-shaped second isolation portion is provided with at least two second gaps exposing at least two corners of the multiple corners, and the at least two second gaps include two second gaps of different sizes.
  • the light-emitting area of the second color sub-pixel includes four corners, and the four corners include two third corners arranged opposite to each other in the first direction and two fourth corners arranged opposite to each other in the second direction; the size of the second notch exposing the third corner is different from the size of the second notch exposing the fourth corner.
  • the isolation portion includes a non-closed ring-shaped first isolation portion surrounding at least one first color sub-pixel, and the non-closed ring-shaped first isolation portion is provided with at least two first gaps exposing at least two sides of the light-emitting area of the first color sub-pixel, and the main path passes through the two first gaps.
  • the isolation portion includes a non-closed ring-shaped second isolation portion surrounding at least one second color sub-pixel, the non-closed ring-shaped second isolation portion is provided with at least two second gaps exposing at least two edges of the light-emitting area of the second color sub-pixel, and the first isolation portion is arranged opposite to the second isolation portion.
  • the display substrate further includes: a pixel defining pattern located on a side of the first electrode away from the base substrate; and an insulating layer located between the pixel defining pattern and the base substrate.
  • the pixel defining pattern includes a plurality of first openings, one sub-pixel corresponds to at least one first opening, the light-emitting element of the sub-pixel is at least partially located in the first opening corresponding to the sub-pixel, and the first opening is configured to expose the first electrode;
  • the pixel defining pattern further includes a second opening, the second opening is configured to expose the isolation portion, and the isolation portion is located between the light-emitting functional layer and the insulating layer.
  • the display substrate further includes: a defining structure located between the light-emitting functional layer and the insulating layer.
  • the defining structure surrounds the light-emitting region of each sub-pixel in the at least some sub-pixels, and the portion of the defining structure exposed by the second opening includes the isolation portion.
  • At least a portion of the limiting structure is located on a side of the first electrode away from the substrate.
  • At least a portion of the defined structure is located between the first electrode and the insulating layer.
  • the insulating layer includes a protrusion on a side away from the base substrate, the orthographic projection of the protrusion on the base substrate overlaps with the orthographic projection of the limiting structure on the base substrate, and the isolation portion contacts the protrusion.
  • the material of the isolation portion includes an inorganic non-metallic material, and the material of the insulating layer includes an organic material; the orthographic projection of the protrusion on the base substrate is completely located within the orthographic projection of the isolation portion on the base substrate.
  • a dimension of at least a portion of the edge of the isolating portion protruding relative to the edge of the protruding portion is less than 1 micrometer.
  • the isolation portion includes a film layer, or the isolation portion includes a first isolation structure layer and a second isolation structure layer which are stacked, the first isolation structure layer is located on the side of the second isolation structure layer away from the base substrate, and an edge of the first isolation structure layer protrudes relative to an edge of the second isolation structure layer, or the isolation portion includes a first isolation structure layer, a second isolation structure layer and a third isolation structure layer which are stacked in sequence, and an edge of the first isolation structure layer and an edge of the third isolation structure layer both protrude relative to an edge of the second isolation structure layer.
  • At least one film layer of the light-emitting functional layer includes a charge generating layer
  • the light-emitting functional layer includes a first light-emitting layer, the charge generating layer and a second light-emitting layer that are stacked, and the charge generating layer is located between the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer, and the charge generating layer is disconnected at the edge of the isolation portion.
  • An embodiment of the present disclosure provides a display substrate, comprising: a base substrate; a plurality of sub-pixels located on the base substrate, wherein each of at least some of the sub-pixels comprises a light-emitting element, wherein the light-emitting element comprises a light-emitting area, wherein the light-emitting element comprises a light-emitting functional layer and a first electrode and a second electrode located on both sides of the light-emitting functional layer along a direction perpendicular to the base substrate, wherein the first electrode is located between the light-emitting functional layer and the base substrate, and the light-emitting functional layer comprises a plurality of film layers.
  • An isolation portion is provided between at least two adjacent sub-pixels, at least one layer of the light-emitting functional layer and at least a portion of the second electrode are disconnected at the edge of the isolation portion, and the second electrodes of adjacent sub-pixels are at least partially continuously provided to form a mesh path;
  • the mesh path includes a plurality of paths arranged crosswise, at least one path is a path arranged with uneven width, at least a portion of the edge of the path arranged with uneven width is the edge of the isolation portion, the path arranged with uneven width includes a first path portion overlapping the light-emitting area and a second path portion located outside the light-emitting area, a straight line perpendicular to an extension direction of the path arranged with uneven width includes a first straight line passing through an orthographic projection of the first path portion on the substrate and a second straight line passing through an orthographic projection of the second path portion on the substrate, a length of a line connecting two intersection points of the first straight line and the orthographic projection of the edge of the isolation portion
  • Fig. 19 is a schematic block diagram of a display device according to another embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Fig. 19, the display device provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure includes any of the above-mentioned display substrates.
  • the display device further includes a cover plate located on the light emitting side of the display substrate.
  • the display device may be a display device such as an organic light emitting diode display device, as well as any product or component with a display function, such as a television, digital camera, mobile phone, watch, tablet computer, laptop computer, navigator, etc. that includes the display device, but the present embodiment is not limited thereto.
  • a display device such as an organic light emitting diode display device
  • any product or component with a display function such as a television, digital camera, mobile phone, watch, tablet computer, laptop computer, navigator, etc. that includes the display device, but the present embodiment is not limited thereto.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)

Abstract

一种显示基板以及显示装置。显示基板包括多个子像素10以及像素限定图案400。子像素10包括发光元件100，发光元件100包括发光区101，发光元件100包括发光功能层130、第一电极110和第二电极120，第二电极120覆盖各子像素10的发光区101。像素限定图案400包括多个第一开口410，一个子像素10对应至少一个第一开口410，子像素10的发光元件100至少部分位于子像素10对应的第一开口410中，且第一开口410被配置为暴露第一电极110；像素限定图案400还包括多个第二开口420，多个第二开口420位于至少部分子像素10之间，发光功能层130中的至少一层以及第二电极120的至少部分在第二开口420处断开，有利于降低相邻子像素10之间产生的串扰。

Description

显示基板以及显示装置 技术领域
本公开实施例涉及一种显示基板以及显示装置。
背景技术
随着显示技术的发展，用户对显示装置使用寿命以及功耗的要求越来越高。一种串联式(tandem)有机发光显示器件，通过在有机发光器件中增加至少一层发光层以及电荷产生层而提高了发光器件的寿命和亮度、降低了功耗，由此该发光器件可以极大满足用户对显示装置使用寿命和功耗的需求。
发明内容
本公开实施例提供一种显示基板以及显示装置。
本公开实施例中，显示基板包括衬底基板、多个子像素以及像素限定图案。多个子像素位于所述衬底基板上，至少部分子像素中的每个子像素包括发光元件，所述发光元件包括发光区，所述发光元件包括发光功能层以及沿垂直于所述衬底基板的方向位于所述发光功能层两侧的第一电极和第二电极，所述第一电极位于所述发光功能层与所述衬底基板之间，所述发光功能层包括多个膜层，所述第二电极覆盖各子像素的发光区；像素限定图案位于所述第二电极与所述衬底基板之间，且位于所述第一电极远离所述衬底基板的一侧，所述像素限定图案包括多个第一开口，一个子像素对应至少一个第一开口，所述子像素的发光元件至少部分位于所述子像素对应的所述第一开口中，且所述第一开口被配置为暴露所述第一电极。所述像素限定图案还包括多个第二开口，所述多个第二开口位于至少部分子像素之间，所述发光功能层中的至少一层以及所述第二电极的至少部分在所述第二开口处断开。
例如，根据本公开实施例，各第二开口内设置有至少一个隔离部，所述发光功能层中的至少一层以及所述第二电极的至少部分在所述隔离部处断开。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述隔离部的部分边缘在所述衬底基板上的正投影与其所在的所述第二开口的边缘在所述衬底基板上的正投影之间设置有间隔。
例如，根据本公开实施例，在垂直于所述隔离部的延伸方向上位于该隔离部两侧的子像素的发光区的两个边缘与该隔离部的被所述第二开口暴露的边缘之间的距离不同。
例如，根据本公开实施例，至少一个子像素的发光区周围设置有至少一个第二开口。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述第二电极中围绕所述第二开口的部分包括闭合环状结构。
例如，根据本公开实施例，与所述子像素的发光区交叠的第二电极和位于所述第二开口远离所述发光区的第二电极为连续结构。
例如，根据本公开实施例，在垂直于所述隔离部的延伸方向上位于该隔离部两侧的子像素的所述第二电极在所述第二开口以外位置处连接。
例如，根据本公开实施例，围绕至少一个子像素的发光区的所述第二开口为非闭合环状结构。
例如，根据本公开实施例，至少一个子像素的发光区的形状包括多边形，且所述多边形的每条边远离所述发光区中心的一侧均设置有所述第二开口。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述第二开口的边界包括延伸方向与行方向和列方向均相交的部分。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述第二开口的边缘包括延伸方向与行方向和列方向其中之一平行的部分。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述多个子像素包括多个第一颜色子像素、多个第二颜色子像素以及多个第三颜色子像素，所述多个子像素排列为沿第一方向交替设置的多个第一子像素组和多个第二子像素组，各第一子像素组包括沿第二方向交替设置的所述第一颜色子像素和所述第二颜色子像素，各第二子像素组包括沿所述第二方向排列的所述第三颜色子像素，所述第一方向与所述第二方向相交。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述第二开口包括围绕至少一个第一颜色子像素的非闭合环状的第一开口部，所述非闭合环状的第一开口部设置有第一缺口，所述第一缺口与所述第一颜色子像素的边和角部的至少之一相对设置。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述第二开口包括围绕至少一个第二颜色子像素的非闭合环状的第二开口部，所述非闭合环状的第二开口部设置有第二缺口，所述第二缺口与所述第二颜色子像素的边和角部的至少之一相对设置。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述第二开口包括围绕至少一个第三颜色子像素的非闭合环状的第三开口部，所述非闭合环状的第三开口部设置有第三缺口，所述第三缺口与所述第三颜色子像素的边和角部的至少之一相对设置。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述第一开口部位于相邻设置的所述第一颜色子像素和所述第三颜色子像素之间，或者，所述第一开口部位于相邻设置的所述第一颜色子像素和所述第二颜色子像素之间。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述第二开口部位于相邻设置的所述第二颜色子像素和所述第三颜色子像素之间，或者，所述第二开口部位于相邻设置的所述第一颜色子像素和所述第二颜色子像素之间。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述第三开口部位于相邻设置的所述第二颜色子像素和所述第三颜色子像素之间，或者，所述第二开口部位于相邻设置的所述第一颜色子像素和所述第三颜色子像素之间。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述第一缺口的尺寸与所述第二缺口的尺寸不同。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述第一颜色子像素和所述第二颜色子像素之间包括相邻设置的所述第一开口部和所述第二开口部，相邻设置的所述第一开口部与所述第二开口部之间的最小距离为第一间隔距离，围绕所述第一颜色子像素的所述第一开口部在相邻设置的所述第一开口部和所述第二开口部的排列方向上的最大间隔距离为第二间隔距离，围绕所述第二颜色子像素的所述第二开口部在相邻设置的所述第一开口部和所述第二开口部的排列方向上的最大间隔距离为第三间隔距离，所述第二间隔距离和所述第三间隔距离均大于所述第一间隔距离。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述显示基板还包括位于所述像素限定图案与所述衬底基板之间的绝缘层，所述隔离部位于所述绝缘层远离所述衬底基板的表面，所述第二开口中除所述隔离部以外位置设置有所述绝缘层。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述发光功能层的至少一层膜层包括电荷产生层，所述发光功能层包括层叠设置的第一发光层、所述电荷产生层以及第二发光层，所述电荷产生层位于所述第一发光层与所述第二发光层之间，且所述电荷产生层在所述隔离部的边缘处断开。
本公开另一实施例提供一种显示装置，包括上述任一显示基板。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本公开实施例的技术方案，下面将对实施例的附图作简单地介绍，显而易见地，下面描述中的附图仅仅涉及本公开的一些实施例，而非对本公开的限制。
图1-图3为根据本公开实施例提供的一种显示基板的局部平面结构示意图。
图4A为沿图1所示AA’线所截的局部截面结构示意图。
图4B-图4D为根据本公开实施例的不同示例提供的包括隔离部的局部截面结构示意图。
图5为在图4C所示隔离部上设置像素限定图案的结构示意图。
图6为图1所示一第一颜色子像素的发光区的示意性放大图。
图7-图8为根据本公开实施例提供的另一种显示基板的局部平面结构示意图。
图9-图10为根据本公开实施例提供的另一种显示基板的局部平面结构示意图。
图11-图12为根据本公开实施例提供的另一种显示基板的局部平面结构示意图。
图13A-图13B为根据本公开实施例提供的另一种显示基板的局部平面结构示意图。
图14A为根据本公开实施例提供的另一种显示基板的局部平面结构示意图。
图14B为图14A所示显示基板的局部放大图。
图15-图16为根据本公开实施例提供的另一种显示基板的局部平面结构示意图。
图17-图18为根据本公开实施例提供的另一种显示基板的局部平面结构示意图。
图19为根据本公开另一实施例提供的显示装置的示意框图。
具体实施方式
为使本公开实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚，下面将结合本公开实施例的附图，对本公开实施例的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述。显然，所描述的实施例是本公开的一部分实施例，而不是全部的实施例。基于所描述的 本公开的实施例，本领域普通技术人员在无需创造性劳动的前提下所获得的所有其它实施例，都属于本公开保护的范围。
除非另外定义，本公开使用的技术术语或者科学术语应当为本公开所属领域内具有一般技能的人士所理解的通常意义。本公开中使用的“第一”、“第二”以及类似的词语并不表示任何顺序、数量或者重要性，而只是用来区分不同的组成部分。“包括”或者“包含”等类似的词语意指出现该词前面的元件或者物件涵盖出现在该词后面列举的元件或者物件及其等同，而不排除其他元件或者物件。
本公开实施例中使用的“平行”、“垂直”以及“相同”等特征均包括严格意义的“平行”、“垂直”、“相同”等特征，以及“大致平行”、“大致垂直”、“大致相同”等包含一定误差的情况，考虑到测量和与特定量的测量相关的误差(例如，测量系统的限制)，表示在本领域的普通技术人员所确定的对于特定值的可接受的偏差范围内。例如，“大致”能够表示在一个或多个标准偏差内，或者在所述值的10％或者5％内。在本公开实施例的下文中没有特别指出一个成分的数量时，意味着该成分可以是一个也可以是多个，或可理解为至少一个。“至少一个”指一个或多个，“多个”指至少两个。
在研究中，本申请的发明人发现：发光元件的发光功能层可以包括层叠设置的多层发光层，该多层发光层中的至少两层之间设置有电荷产生层(CGL)，电荷产生层的导电率较大，在电荷产生层为整面膜层时，相邻两个发光元件的电荷产生层是连续膜层，存在电荷横向迁移现象，导致显示基板在低灰阶下出现光谱串扰，如容易使得相邻子像素之间产生串扰，导致显示基板出现色偏。如电荷产生层容易导致低亮度下不同颜色子像素之间发生串扰，导致低灰阶色偏。此外，在显示基板中第二电极为整面膜层时，存在电荷横向迁移现象，导致显示基板在低灰阶下出现光谱串扰，导致显示基板出现色彩不均，对显示产品均一性产生较大影响。
本公开实施例提供一种显示基板以及显示装置。显示基板包括衬底基板以及位于衬底基板上的多个子像素，至少部分子像素中的每个子像素包括发光元件，发光元件包括发光区，发光元件包括发光功能层以及沿垂直于衬底基板的方向位于发光功能层两侧的第一电极和第二电极，第一电极位于发光功能层与衬底基板之间，发光功能层包括多个膜层。至少两个相邻子像素之间设置有隔离部，所述发光功能层中的至少一层以及所述第二电极的至少部分在所述隔离 部的边缘处断开，且相邻设置的子像素的所述第二电极至少部分连续设置以形成网状通路；所述至少部分子像素中的所述第二电极在所述衬底基板上的正投影在一方向上的长度大于沿该方向排列的子像素的发光区在所述衬底基板上的正投影的尺寸之和，所述网状通路包括交叉设置的多条通路，至少一条通路为宽度不均匀设置的通路，且宽度不均匀设置的所述通路中与所述发光区交叠部分的宽度大于与所述发光区以外至少部分位置交叠部分的宽度。
本公开提供的显示基板中设置的隔离部在隔断发光功能层的至少一层以及第二电极的至少部分的同时，通过对隔离部的形状的设置以使得第二电极形成网状通路，且网状通路中在对应发光区的位置处宽度设置的较宽以提高隔离部与子像素排列关系的匹配，进而实现在降低相邻子像素之间产生的串扰的同时，提高第二电极导通效果，尽量保证第二电极电阻不增加，有利于避免显示基板产生功耗过高以及亮度均一性问题。
本公开实施例提供一种显示基板，包括：衬底基板；多个子像素，位于所述衬底基板上，至少部分子像素中的每个子像素包括发光元件，所述发光元件包括发光区，所述发光元件包括发光功能层以及沿垂直于所述衬底基板的方向位于所述发光功能层两侧的第一电极和第二电极，所述第一电极位于所述发光功能层与所述衬底基板之间，所述发光功能层包括多个膜层。至少两个相邻子像素之间设置有隔离部，所述发光功能层中的至少一层以及所述第二电极的至少部分在所述隔离部的边缘处断开，且相邻设置的子像素的所述第二电极至少部分连续设置以形成网状通路；所述网状通路包括交叉设置的多条通路，至少一条通路为宽度不均匀设置的通路，所述宽度不均匀设置的通路的至少部分边缘为所述隔离部的边缘，所述宽度不均匀设置的通路包括与所述发光区交叠的第一通路部以及位于所述发光区以外位置的第二通路部，与所述宽度不均匀设置的通路的延伸方向垂直的直线包括经过所述第一通路部在所述衬底基板上的正投影的第一直线以及经过所述第二通路部在所述衬底基板上的正投影的第二直线，所述第一直线与位于所述第一通路部两侧的所述隔离部的边缘在所述衬底基板上正投影的两个交点连线的长度为第一连线长度，所述第二直线与位于所述第二通路部两侧的所述隔离部的边缘在所述衬底基板上正投影的两个交点连线的长度为第二连线长度，所述第一连线长度不小于所述第二连线长度。
本公开提供的显示基板中设置的隔离部在隔断发光功能层的至少一层以 及第二电极的至少部分的同时，通过对隔离部的形状的设置以使得第二电极形成网状通路，且网状通路中在对应发光区的位置处的第一通路部的两侧隔离部边缘之间的距离不小于对应发光区以外的第二通路部的两侧隔离部边缘之间的距离，进而实现在降低相邻子像素之间产生的串扰的同时，提高第二电极导通效果，尽量保证第二电极电阻不增加，有利于避免显示基板产生功耗过高以及亮度均一性问题。
下面结合附图对本公开实施例提供的显示基板以及显示装置进行描述。
图1-图3为根据本公开实施例提供的一种显示基板的局部平面结构示意图。图4A为沿图1所示AA’线所截的局部截面结构示意图。图1示出了发光元件的第一电极，没有示出发光元件的第二电极，图2和图3示出了发光元件的第二电极，没有示出发光元件的第一电极。
如图1至图4A所示，显示基板包括衬底基板01以及位于衬底基板01上的多个子像素10。至少部分子像素10中的每个子像素10包括发光元件100，发光元件100包括发光区101，发光元件100包括发光功能层130以及沿垂直于衬底基板01的方向(如图4A所示的Z方向)位于发光功能层130两侧的第一电极110和第二电极120，第一电极110位于发光功能层130与衬底基板01之间，第二电极120位于发光功能层130远离衬底基板01的一侧，发光功能层130包括多个膜层。例如，发光功能层130包括电荷产生层133。例如，发光元件100可以为有机发光元件。例如，位于显示区域的每个子像素均包括发光元件。
如图1至图4A所示，至少两个相邻子像素10之间设置有隔离部210，发光功能层130中的至少一层以及第二电极120的至少部分在隔离部210的边缘处断开，且相邻设置的子像素10的第二电极120至少部分连续设置以形成网状通路30。例如，任意相邻子像素10之间均设置有隔离部210。例如，相邻设置的子像素10之间至少没有设置隔离部210的位置处的第二电极120连续设置。
例如，至少部分子像素10中的第二电极120在衬底基板01上的正投影为整面结构。
如图1至图4A所示，至少部分子像素10中的第二电极120在衬底基板01上的正投影在一方向上的长度大于沿该方向排列的子像素10的发光区101在衬底基板01上的正投影的尺寸之和。例如，上述“一方向”包括行方向或列 方向。例如，图中所示X方向和Y方向之一可以为行方向，另一个可以为列方向。
如图1至图4A所示，网状通路30包括交叉设置的多条通路300，至少一条通路300为宽度不均匀设置的通路300，至少一条通路300为宽度不均匀设置的通路300，且宽度不均匀设置的通路300中与发光区101交叠部分的宽度大于与发光区101以外至少部分位置交叠部分的宽度。例如，至少一条通路300中宽度最宽的位置在衬底基板01上的正投影与发光区101在衬底基板01上的正投影交叠。图3示意性的示出一条宽度不均匀设置的通路300，该通路300中宽度最宽的位置在衬底基板01上的正投影与发光区101在衬底基板01上的正投影交叠，该通路300中宽度较窄的位置与相邻发光区101之间的间隔交叠。例如，与不同发光区101对应的通路300的宽度可以不同。
本公开提供的显示基板中设置的隔离部在隔断发光功能层的至少一层以及第二电极的至少部分的同时，通过对隔离部的形状的设置以使得第二电极形成网状通路，且网状通路中在对应发光区的位置处宽度设置的较宽以提高隔离部与子像素排列关系的匹配，进而实现在降低相邻子像素之间产生的串扰的同时，提高第二电极导通效果，有利于避免显示基板产生功耗过高以及亮度均一性问题。
上述“网状通路”指在形成隔离部后形成整面第二电极时，第二电极会在至少一个隔离部位置处断开，而第二电极中除断开位置处以外的连续部分形成网状结构的搭接通道，该通道为传输电荷的通道，形成为电荷通路。
本公开任一实施例中的“相邻子像素”指两个子像素10之间没有设置其他子像素10。
在一些示例中，如图4A所示，发光功能层130可以包括层叠设置的第一发光层(EML)131、电荷产生层(CGL)133以及第二发光层(EML)132，电荷产生层133位于第一发光层131与第二发光层132之间。电荷产生层具有较强的导电性，可以使得发光功能层具有寿命长、功耗低以及可实现高亮度的优点，例如，相对于没有设置电荷产生层的发光功能层，子像素通过在发光功能层中设置电荷产生层可以将发光亮度提高近一倍。
例如，同一子像素10的发光元件100可以为串联式(tandem)发光元件，如Tandem OLED。
例如，电荷产生层133可以包括N型电荷产生层和P型电荷产生层。
例如，各子像素10中，发光功能层130还可以包括空穴注入层(HIL)、空穴传输层(HTL)、电子传输层(ETL)和电子注入层(EIL)。
例如，空穴注入层、空穴传输层、电子传输层、电子注入层以及电荷产生层133均为多个子像素10的共用膜层，可以称为共通层。例如，多个子像素10中的第二电极120可以为多个子像素10共用的公共电极，在上述相邻两个子像素10之间没有设置隔离部210时，第二电极120为整层膜层。
例如，第一电极110可以为阳极，第二电极120可以为阴极。例如，阴极可由高导电性和低功函数的材料形成，例如，阴极可采用金属材料制成。例如，阳极可由具有高功函数的透明导电材料形成。
例如，发光功能层130中在隔离部210的边缘处断开的至少一层膜层可以为上述共通层中的至少一层膜层。例如，发光功能层130的全部膜层以及第二电极120均被隔离部210断开。通过将上述共通层中的至少一层膜层在位于相邻子像素之间的隔离部210的边缘处断开，可以有利于降低相邻子像素之间产生串扰的几率。例如，上述共通层以及第二电极可以为采用开口掩模(open mask)形成的膜层。
例如，第二发光层132可以位于第一发光层131与第二电极120之间，空穴注入层可以位于第一电极110与第一发光层131之间。例如，电荷产生层133与第一发光层131之间还可以设置电子传输层。例如，第二发光层132与电荷产生层133之间可以设置空穴传输层。例如，第二发光层132与第二电极120之间可以设置电子传输层和电子注入层。
例如，同一个子像素10中，第一发光层131和第二发光层132可以为发射相同颜色光的发光层。例如，发不同颜色光的子像素10中的第一发光层131发射不同颜色光。例如，发不同颜色光的子像素10中的第二发光层132发射不同颜色光。当然，本公开实施例不限于此，例如，同一子像素10中，第一发光层131和第二发光层132可以为发射不同颜色光的发光层，通过在同一子像素10中设置发射不同颜色光的发光层可以使得子像素10包括的多层发光层发射的光混合为白光，通过设置彩膜层来调节每个子像素出射光的颜色。
例如，如图1至图4A所示，多个子像素10包括不同颜色子像素10，通路300与不同颜色子像素10的发光区101交叠部分的宽度不同。例如，不同颜色子像素可以包括蓝色子像素、红色子像素以及绿色子像素，如通路与蓝色子像素的发光区交叠部分的宽度可以大于通路与绿色子像素的发光区交叠部 分的宽度，本公开实施例不限于此。可以根据产品需求，如某一颜色子像素的第二电极的电压降对显示产品影响较大，可以将与该颜色子像素的发光区交叠的第二电极的通路的宽度设置的较宽。如上述某一颜色子像素可以为绿色子像素。
例如，相邻子像素10中，位于电荷产生层133同一侧的发光层可以交叠，也可以间隔设置。例如，相邻子像素10中，位于电荷产生层133同一侧的发光层可以在隔离部210边缘处间隔设置，但不限于此，相邻子像素10中，位于电荷产生层133同一侧的发光层可以在像素限定部(后续描述)上交叠，或者间隔设置。
例如，电子传输层的材料可以包括芳族杂环化合物，例如苯并咪唑衍生物、咪唑并吡啶衍生物、苯并咪唑并菲啶衍生物等咪唑衍生物；嘧啶衍生物、三嗪衍生物等嗪衍生物；喹啉衍生物、异喹啉衍生物、菲咯啉衍生物等包含含氮六元环结构的化合物(也包括在杂环上具有氧化膦系的取代基的化合物)等。
例如，电荷产生层133的材料可以是含有磷氧基团的材料，也可以是含有三嗪的材料。
例如，电荷产生层133的材料电子迁移率与电子传输层电子迁移率之比为10 -2～10 2。
例如，如图4A所示，发光功能层130中至少一层可以为电荷产生层133，电荷产生层133在衬底基板01上的第一电荷产生层正投影是连续的，且在垂直于衬底基板01的平面(如ZV面)上的第二电荷产生层正投影不连续。例如，电荷产生层133可以包括位于隔离部210上的部分以及没有位于隔离部210上的部分，这两部分在隔离部210的边缘处断开。例如，这两部分在衬底基板01上的第一电荷产生层正投影可以相接或者交叠，第一电荷产生层正投影是连续的。
例如，发光功能层130包括至少一层发光层，发光功能层130中在隔离部210处断开的膜层中包括至少一层发光层以及至少一层其他膜层；断开的至少一层其他膜层在衬底基板01上的正投影的面积大于断开的至少一层发光层在衬底基板01上的正投影的面积；或者，断开的至少一层其他膜层覆盖隔离部210的部分的面积，大于断开的至少一层发光层覆盖隔离部210的部分的面积。
例如，如图4A所示，第二电极120以及发光功能层130包括的多个膜层的至少一层在衬底基板01上的正投影与隔离部210在衬底基板01上的正投影 有交叠。
例如，发光功能层130包括的多个膜层的至少一层的至少部分覆盖隔离部210的部分侧表面。
在一些示例中，如图4A所示，显示基板还包括像素限定图案400和绝缘层500。像素限定图案400位于发光元件100的第一电极110远离衬底基板01的一侧；绝缘层500位于像素限定图案400与衬底基板01之间。像素限定图案400包括多个第一开口410，一个子像素10对应至少一个第一开口410，子像素10的发光元件100至少部分位于子像素10对应的第一开口410中，且第一开口410被配置为暴露第一电极110。例如，像素限定图案400包括围绕第一开口410的像素限定部401。
例如，如图4A所示，当发光功能层130形成在像素限定图案400的第一开口410中时，位于发光功能层130两侧的第一电极110和第二电极120能够驱动第一开口410中的发光功能层130进行发光。例如，像素限定图案400的第一开口410用于限定发光元件100的发光区101，图1至图3中每个子像素10的中间区域轮廓示意出了发光区101。图1中围绕发光区101的轮廓为第一电极110。
上述发光区101可以指子像素有效发光的区域，发光区的形状指二维形状，例如发光区的形状可以与像素限定图案400的第一开口410的形状相同。
例如，如图4A所示，像素限定部401的材料可以包括聚酰亚胺、亚克力或聚对苯二甲酸乙二醇酯等。
在一些示例中，如图1至图4A所示，像素限定图案400还包括第二开口420，第二开口420被配置为暴露隔离部210，隔离部210位于发光功能层130与绝缘层500之间。例如，像素限定部401围绕第二开口420。例如，第二开口420位于相邻子像素10之间。例如，相邻第一开口410之间设置有至少一个第二开口420。例如，隔离部210在衬底基板01上的正投影与像素限定部401在衬底基板01上的正投影没有交叠。例如，像素限定图案400中除第一开口410和第二开口420以外的像素限定部401可以为连续结构。
在一些示例中，如图1至图4A所示，显示基板还包括位于发光功能层130与绝缘层500之间限定结构200。限定结构200围绕至少部分子像素10中的每个子像素10的发光区101，限定结构200的至少部分位于第一电极110远离衬底基板01的一侧，且限定结构200中被第二开口420暴露的部分包括隔 离部210。例如，隔离部210是限定结构200的一部分，在垂直于衬底基板01的方向，限定结构200与像素限定部401交叠的部分为隔离部210以外的不用于隔断发光功能层130的至少一层的部分。
例如，如图1至图4A所示，在垂直于衬底基板01的方向，隔离部210与发光元件10的第一电极110没有交叠。例如，隔离部210可以与第一电极110同层设置，如第一电极110与隔离部210可以均设置在绝缘层500的远离衬底基板01一侧的表面。
例如，如图1至图4A所示，限定结构200的部分覆盖第一电极110的边缘，如覆盖第一电极110的一圈边缘或者一圈边缘中的部分边缘，有利于避免第一电极边缘材料(如银离子)的脱落。例如，限定结构200中覆盖第一电极110的部分被像素限定部401覆盖，即限定结构200中覆盖第一电极110的部分位于第一开口410与第二开口420之间的区域。
例如，如图1至图4A所示，围绕不同子像素10的发光区101的限定结构200可以为一体化结构。例如，多个子像素10包括沿X方向排列的多行子像素，每两行子像素对应的限定结构200可以为一体化结构，如第一行子像素与第二行子像素对应的限定结构200可以为一体化结构，第三行子像素对应的限定结构200与第二行子像素对应的限定结构200之间设置有间隔。本公开中，通过将围绕不同子像素的发光区的限定结构设置为一体化结构，可以方便限定结构的图案化。
例如，如图4A所示，限定结构200包括层叠设置的三层膜层，如第一限定结构层201、第二限定结构层202以及第三限定结构层203，隔离部210位置处的第一限定结构层201和第三限定结构层203的边缘均相对于第二限定结构层202的边缘向外突出，以使得发光功能层130的至少一层在第一限定结构层201的边缘处断开。
例如，限定结构200的材料包括无机非金属材料。例如，限定结构200的材料可以包括氮化硅、氧化硅或者氮氧化硅中的任意一种或多种。例如，第一限定结构层201和第三限定结构层203的材料可以包括氧化硅，第二限定结构层202的材料可以包括氮化硅。
例如，如图4A所示，限定结构200的厚度可以小于第一电极110的厚度。例如，限定结构200的厚度可以为大于400埃。
图4A没有示出绝缘层与衬底基板之间的其他膜层，如绝缘层与衬底基板 之间还可以设置与发光元件电连接的像素电路、各种信号线以及其他绝缘层等，如其他绝缘层可以包括平坦层、钝化层、缓冲层、栅极绝缘层、层间绝缘层等。
图4B-图4D为根据本公开实施例的不同示例提供的包括隔离部的局部截面结构示意图。图4B-图4D没有示出像素限定图案，图5为在图4C所示隔离部上设置像素限定图案的结构示意图，图中所示的隔离部210可以为限定结构完全被像素限定图案的开口暴露的情况。
图4B-图5所示示例与图4A所示示例不同之处在于限定结构200的至少部分位于所述第一电极110与所述绝缘层500之间。
例如，如图4B-图5所示，绝缘层500远离衬底基板01一侧包括突出部510，突出部510在衬底基板01上的正投影与隔离部210在衬底基板01上的正投影交叠，且隔离部210与突出部510接触。
例如，如图4B-图4D所示，隔离部210的材料包括无机非金属材料，绝缘层500的材料包括有机材料。例如，突出部510在衬底基板01上的正投影完全位于隔离部210在衬底基板01上的正投影内。
例如，如图4B-图4D所示，隔离部210的至少一侧边缘相对于突出部510的边缘突出，以对膜层进行隔断。例如，隔离部210的边缘也可以与突出部510的边缘齐平。例如，所述隔离部的至少部分边缘相对于所述突出部的边缘突出的尺寸小于1微米。例如，所述隔离部的至少部分边缘相对于所述突出部的边缘突出的尺寸小于0.08微米。例如，所述隔离部的至少部分边缘相对于所述突出部的边缘突出的尺寸小于0.05微米。例如，所述隔离部的至少部分边缘相对于所述突出部的边缘突出的尺寸小于0.02微米。
例如，如图4B所示，隔离部210包括依次层叠设置的第一隔离结构层2011、第二隔离结构层2012以及第三隔离结构层2013，第一隔离结构层2011的边缘和第三隔离结构层2013的边缘均相对于第二隔离结构层2012的边缘突出。例如，第二隔离结构层2012的边缘相对于第一隔离结构层2011的边缘内缩尺寸不小于0.05微米。例如，第二隔离结构层2012的边缘相对于第一隔离结构层2011的边缘内缩尺寸不小于0.08微米。例如，第二隔离结构层2012的边缘相对于第一隔离结构层2011的边缘内缩尺寸不小于0.1微米。例如，第二隔离结构层2012的边缘相对于第一隔离结构层2011的边缘内缩尺寸不小于0.15微米。例如，第二隔离结构层2012的边缘相对于第一隔离结构层2011的边缘内缩尺寸不小于0.2微米。例如，第二隔离结构层2012的边缘相对于第一隔离结 构层2011的边缘内缩尺寸不小于0.5微米。
例如，如图4B所示，隔离部210的厚度可以为150～5000埃。例如，隔离部210的厚度可以为200～500埃。例如，隔离部210的厚度可以为300～1000埃。例如，隔离部210的厚度可以为400～2000埃。例如，隔离部210的厚度可以为600～1500埃。
例如，如图4B所示，突出部510的厚度可以为400～5000埃。例如，突出部510的厚度可以为450～4000埃。例如，突出部510的厚度可以为500～3000埃。例如，突出部510的厚度可以为600～2000埃。
例如，如图4B所示，突出部510的中间位置在平行于衬底基板01的方向，如图4B所示的X方向的尺寸小于突出部510的两侧位置在该方向上的尺寸。例如，突出部510的中间位置相对于两侧位置内缩尺寸大于0.01微米。例如，突出部510的中间位置相对于两侧位置内缩尺寸大于0.02微米。例如，突出部510的中间位置相对于两侧位置内缩尺寸大于0.03微米。例如，突出部510的中间位置相对于两侧位置内缩尺寸大于0.05微米。
例如，如图4B所示，绝缘层500除突出部510以外的位置包括平坦部520，突出部510的与平坦部520连接部分可以为凹陷部分以更好的隔断共通层。例如，突出部510的边缘可以为倾斜的侧边，该侧边与平坦部连接的夹角不大于150度，以实现突出部和隔离部共同隔断共通层。例如，该侧边与平坦部连接的夹角不大于140度。例如，该侧边与平坦部连接的夹角不大于130度。例如，该侧边与平坦部连接的夹角不大于120度。例如，该侧边与平坦部连接的夹角不大于110度。例如，该侧边与平坦部连接的夹角不大于100度。
例如，如图4B所示，第三隔离结构层2013的至少一侧边缘相对于突出部510的至少一侧边缘突出。例如，第一隔离结构层2011的至少一侧边缘相对于第三隔离结构层2013的至少一侧边缘突出，以对共通层实现较好的隔断效果。例如，第一隔离结构层2011的至少一侧边缘相对于第三隔离结构层2013的至少一侧边缘突出的尺寸不小于0.08微米。例如，第一隔离结构层2011的至少一侧边缘相对于第三隔离结构层2013的至少一侧边缘突出的尺寸不小于0.1微米。例如，第一隔离结构层2011的至少一侧边缘相对于第三隔离结构层2013的至少一侧边缘突出的尺寸不小于0.15微米。当然，本公开实施例不限于此，突出部的边缘可能相对于第三隔离结构层的边缘突出非常小的尺寸。
图4C所示显示基板与图4B所示显示基板的不同之处在于隔离部210包 括的膜层的层数不同。图4C所示突出部可以与图4B所示突出部具有相同的特征，在此不再赘述。
例如，如图4C所示，隔离部210包括一层膜层。例如，隔离部210的厚度可以为100～5000埃。例如，隔离部210的厚度可以为200～4000埃。例如，隔离部210的厚度可以为300～3500埃。例如，隔离部210的厚度可以为400～2000埃。例如，隔离部210的厚度可以为500～1000埃。
图4C所示显示基板与图4B所示显示基板的不同之处在于隔离部210包括的膜层的层数不同。
例如，图4C所示，隔离部210可以包括两层膜层，如隔离部210包括层叠设置的第一隔离结构层2011和第二隔离结构层2012，第一隔离结构层2011位于第二隔离结构层2012远离衬底基板01的一侧，第一隔离结构层2011的边缘相对于第二隔离结构层2012的边缘突出。例如，第二隔离结构层2012的边缘相对于突出部510的边缘突出。
图4C所示突出部可以与图4B所示突出部具有相同的特征，但不限于此，图4C所示突出部的侧边可以没有凹陷部分。例如，该侧边与绝缘层的平坦部连接的夹角不大于140度。例如，该侧边与平坦部连接的夹角不大于130度。例如，该侧边与平坦部连接的夹角不大于120度。例如，该侧边与平坦部连接的夹角不大于110度。例如，该侧边与平坦部连接的夹角不大于100度。
例如，如图5所示，限定结构200形成在子像素的第一电极110与衬底基板01之间，如在形成子像素的第一电极110之前，先在绝缘层500，如平坦层上沉积形成限定结构200，然后在限定结构200上形成子像素的第一电极110。该显示基板中，在形成包括隔离部210的限定结构200时，位于限定结构200底部的平坦层500被刻蚀而形成了锯齿。通过将第一电极形成在限定结构上，可以防止平坦层的不平整导致第一电极存在锯齿的问题，降低显示不良出现的几率。例如，第一电极110在衬底基板01上的正投影可以完全位于限定结构200在衬底基板01上的正投影内。
例如，位于第一电极110正下方的限定结构与被像素限定图案400的第二开口420暴露的限定结构可以为一体化的限定结构，也可以为间隔设置的限定结构。
本申请提供的显示基板中，在绝缘层，如平坦层上方沉积并刻蚀出子像素的第一电极的图案后，在第一电极的四周覆盖限定结构，如包括层叠结构，如 SiOx/SiNx/SiOx，在刻蚀限定结构时，因其限定结构中的SiNx膜层相比SiOx更容易被刻蚀，故在完成刻蚀后，在限定结构边缘形成“工”字型形貌。该形貌能够使发光功能层的至少一层沉积在限定结构中的隔离部上时被隔断，有利于降低相邻发光区之间的串扰。例如，在限定结构上沉积的像素限定膜层通过图案化形成第二开口以暴露限定结构边缘的隔离部，以实现对发光功能层的至少一层的隔断，而限定结构的边缘中被像素限定部覆盖的部分处形成的子像素的第二电极保持连续，形成了电荷传输通路，以实现第二电极的导通效果。
本公开提供的隔离部不限于图4A所示形状和位置，如隔离部还可以包括层叠设置的第一子隔离结构和第二子隔离结构，第一子隔离结构位于第二子隔离结构与衬底基板之间；沿相邻子像素的排列方向，位于该相邻子像素之间的隔离部中第一子隔离结构的尺寸小于第二子隔离结构的尺寸以使第二子隔离结构包括相对于第一子隔离结构的边缘突出的部分；或者，第一子隔离结构的至少部分侧表面与平行于第一子隔离结构和第二子隔离结构的接触面的平面的坡度角大于60度且小于120度，和/或，第二子隔离结构的至少部分侧表面与平行于第一子隔离结构和第二子隔离结构的接触面的平面的坡度角大于60度且小于120度。例如，该隔离部可以形成在像素限定图案之间，如位于绝缘层中设置的开口中，且被像素限定图案的第二开口暴露；或者，该隔离部可以位于相邻子像素之间，且与第一电极间隔设置，像素限定图案的第二开口暴露该隔离部；或者，该隔离部位于像素限定部远离衬底基板的一侧。
本公开提供的隔离部不限于图4A所示形状和位置，如隔离部还可以包括位于绝缘层中的凹槽以及位于凹槽边缘且向凹槽开口内突出的遮挡部。该隔离部中的遮挡部位于相邻子像素之间，且与相邻子像素的第一电极间隔设置。如隔离部还可以包括位于像素限定部中的凹槽，以及位于凹槽边缘且向凹槽内突出的遮挡部。
本公开提供的隔离部不限于图4A所示形状和位置，如隔离部还可以包括层叠设置的第一子隔离部和第二子隔离部，第一子隔离部位于第二子隔离部与衬底基板之间，第一子隔离部的材料包括无机材料，第二子隔离部的材料包括有机材料；第二子隔离部包括相对于第一子隔离部的边缘突出的突出部，突出部位于相邻子像素之间，第二子隔离部面向其中一个相邻子像素的至少部分，与第二子像素面向另一个相邻子像素的至少部分形状不同。该隔离部中的第二子隔离部可以为像素限定部的一部分，第一子隔离部可以与子像素的第一电极 同层设置，或者第一子隔离部可以为子像素的第一电极的一部分。
本公开提供的隔离部不限于图4A所示形状和位置，如隔离部可以包括层叠设置的第一子结构和第二子结构，第一子结构位于第二子结构与衬底基板之间，第一子结构的材料与第二子结构的材料不同；沿相邻子像素的排列方向，位于该相邻子像素之间的限定结构中第二子结构的边缘相对于第一子结构的边缘突出以形成突出部；或者，第二子结构的至少部分侧表面与平行于第一子结构和第二子结构的接触面的平面的坡度角为第一坡度角，第一子结构的至少部分侧表面与平行于第一子结构和第二子结构的接触面的平面的坡度角为第二坡度角，第一坡度角与第二坡度角的至少之一大于60度，且第二子结构的靠近第一子结构的表面面积不小于第一子结构和第二子结构的接触面的面积。该隔离部与子像素的第一电极间隔设置。
图2示意性的示出多条通路的位置，没有示出不同通路的宽度特征。
在一些示例中，如图2所示，多条通路300包括多条主干通路310和多条分支通路320，至少一条分支通路320的两端均与延伸方向相交或者延伸方向相同的主干通路310连接。
例如，多条主干通路310包括延伸方向相交的第一主干通路311和第二主干通路312。例如，多条主干通路310包括沿X方向延伸的多条第一主干通路311和沿Y方向延伸的多条第二主干通路312。在第一主干通路为非直线时，如折线时，上述第一主干通路的延伸方向可以指一条第一主干通路的整体延伸方向，如折线的整体延伸方向为X方向。在第二主干通路为非直线时，如折线时，上述第二主干通路的延伸方向可以指一条第二主干通路的整体延伸方向，如折线的整体延伸方向为X方向。
例如，X方向与Y方向之间的夹角可以为30～150度。例如，X方向与Y方向之间的夹角可以为60～120度。例如，X方向与Y方向之间的夹角可以为80～100度。例如，X方向与Y方向可以垂直。
例如，如图2所示，多条第一主干通路311与多条第二主干通路312构成网状通路30的一部分，第一主干通路311与第二主干通路312是连通的，第二电极120传输的电荷可以在第一主干通路311和第二主干通路312中传输。
在一些示例中，如图2所示，多条主干通路310穿过至少部分子像素10所在区域。
例如，主干通路310的长度大于分支通路320的长度。例如，一条主干通 路310所在区域的面积大于一条分支通路320所在区域。例如，一条主干通路310经过的区域的面积大于一条分支通路320经过的区域的面积。例如，一条主干通路310穿过的子像素10的发光区101的数量大于一条分支通路320穿过的子像素10的发光区101的数量。上述通路穿过子像素的发光区指通路在衬底基板上的正投影与子像素的发光区在衬底基板上的正投影交叠。
例如，主干通路310可以在其延伸方向上贯穿显示区，如沿X方向延伸的主干通路310可以沿X方向贯穿子像素10所在的显示区，沿Y方向延伸的主干通路310可以沿Y方向贯穿子像素10所在的显示区。例如，分支通路320仅位于主干通路310所在区域中的某一个或者某一些面积较小的区域，如一条分支通路320可以位于四条交叉设置的主干通路310围成的区域内。
在一些示例中，如图2所示，至少一条分支通路320的两端分别与第一主干通路311和第二主干通路312连接。例如，通路300包括多条分支通路320，至少部分数量的分支通路320的两端分别与第一主干通路311和第二主干通路312连接。例如，不同分支通路320的形状可以相同，也可以不同。例如，不同分支通路320的长度可以相同，也可以不同。上述分支通路与主干通路连接可以指分支通路位置处的第二电极与主干通路位置处的第二电极连续，即为一体化设置的结构。
例如，如图2所示，至少一条分支通路320的形状可以为折线，折线的两端分别与第一主干通路311和第二主干通路312连接。例如，一条分支通路320可以穿过至少一个子像素10的发光区101。
例如，如图2所示，分支通路320与主干通路310连通，第二电极120传输的电荷可以在分支通路320和主干通路310中传输。
在另一些示例中，至少一条分支通路320的两端均与第一主干通路311和第二主干通路312之一连接。例如，至少一条分支通路320的两端可以分别与两条不同的第一主干通路311连接，或者至少另一条分支通路320的两端可以分别与两条不同的第二主干通路312连接。例如，该分支通路320的延伸方向可以与第一主干通路311的延伸方向和第二主干通路312的延伸方向均不同，或者，分支通路320与第一主干通路311和第二主干通路312之一的延伸方向相同。
在一些示例中，如图1至图3所示，多个子像素10包括多个第一颜色子像素11、多个第二颜色子像素12以及多个第三颜色子像素13，多个子像素10 排列为沿第一方向交替设置的多个第一子像素组001和多个第二子像素组002，各第一子像素组001包括沿第二方向交替设置的第一颜色子像素11和第二颜色子像素12，各第二子像素组002包括沿第二方向排列的第三颜色子像素13，第一方向与第二方向相交。例如，第一方向可以为图1所示的X方向，第二方向可以为图1所示的Y方向，第一方向与第二方向可以互换。例如，第一方向与第二方向之间的夹角可以为80～120度。例如，第一方向与第二方向垂直。例如，第一方向与第二方向之一可以为行方向，另一个可以为列方向。例如，第一方向可以为行方向，第二方向可以为列方向，则第一子像素组可以为第一子像素列，第二子像素组可以为第二子像素列；第一方向可以为列方向，第二方向可以为行方向，则第一子像素组可以为第一子像素行，第二子像素组可以为第二子像素行。
在一些示例中，如图1至图3所示，第一子像素组001与第二子像素组002在第二方向上错开分布，且至少部分第一颜色子像素11中的各第一颜色子像素11被八个子像素10包围，八个子像素10包括交替设置的第三颜色子像素13以及第二颜色子像素12。
例如，如图1至图3所示，第一颜色子像素11与第二颜色子像素12沿第二方向交替排列，第三颜色子像素13沿第一方向和第二方向阵列排布。例如，至少部分第二颜色子像素12中的各第二颜色子像素12被八个子像素10包围，八个子像素10包括交替设置的第三颜色子像素13以及第一颜色子像素11。
例如，如图1至图3所示，第一颜色子像素11和第二颜色子像素12之一可以为发出红光的红色子像素，另一个可以为发出蓝光的蓝色子像素，第三颜色子像素13可以为发出绿光的绿色子像素。例如，第一颜色子像素11为蓝色子像素，第二颜色子像素12为红色子像素。
例如，如图1至图3所示，第一颜色子像素11的发光区的中心与第二颜色子像素12的发光区的中心在一条沿Y方向延伸的直线上。例如，如图1至图3所示，沿Y方向排列的相邻第一颜色子像素11和第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的中心连线与沿Y方向延伸的直线之间的夹角较小，如不大于2度。
例如，第一颜色子像素11的发光区的中心的45°、135°、225°和315°角方向分别设置了四个第三颜色子像素13。
在一些示例中，如图2所示，至少部分主干通路310穿过第二子像素组002。
由于第一颜色子像素和第二颜色子像素，如红色子像素和蓝色子像素之间容易发生严重的串扰，通过将主干通路设置为穿过第三颜色子像素所在的子像素组，分支通路穿过第一颜色子像素和第二颜色子像素所在的分支通路，如，第一颜色子像素和第二颜色子像素外围设置的隔离部包裹相应发光区的边缘较多，可以在隔断第一颜色子像素与第二颜色子像素之间的至少一层共通膜层的同时，间接隔断第一颜色子像素与第三颜色子像素以及第二颜色子像素与第三颜色子像素之间的至少一层共通膜层，使得第三颜色子像素的发光区周边的第二电极形成较宽的主干通路，以提高电荷传输效果。
例如，至少部分主干通路310穿过第三颜色子像素13的发光区101。上述主干通路穿过第二子像素组指主干通路在衬底基板上的正投影与第二子像素组的发光区在衬底基板上的正投影交叠。
例如，如图2所示，第一主干通路311的延伸方向和第二主干通路312的延伸方向均与第三颜色子像素13的排列方向平行。例如，第二主干通路312穿过第二子像素组002。例如，第一主干通路311穿过第三颜色子像素13的发光区101。例如，穿过第三颜色子像素13的通路300可以均为主干通路310。
例如，如图2所示，第一主干通路311与第二主干通路312相交位置与第三颜色子像素13的发光区101交叠。例如，第一主干通路311与第二主干通路312相交位置处通路300的宽度最宽，以提高电荷传输效果。
在一些示例中，如图2所示，至少一条分支通路320穿过第一颜色子像素11和第二颜色子像素12的至少之一。上述分支通路穿过第一颜色子像素和第二颜色子像素至少之一指分支通路在衬底基板上的正投影与第一颜色子像素的发光区和第二颜色子像素的发光区的至少之一在衬底基板上的正投影交叠。
例如，如图2所示，多条分支通路320中的一部分分支通路320穿过第一颜色子像素11的发光区101，另一部分分支通路320穿过第二颜色子像素12的发光区101。本公开实施例不限于此还可以分支通路仅穿过第一颜色子像素的发光区，或者分支通路仅穿过第二颜色子像素的发光区。
在一些示例中，如图1至2所示，隔离部210包括围绕至少一个第一颜色子像素11的非闭合环状的第一隔离部211，非闭合环状的第一隔离部211中设置有至少两个第一缺口212，至少一条分支通路320穿过第一缺口212以与主干通路310连接。上述第一隔离部指像素限定图案的第二开口暴露的限定结构，上述第一缺口指像素限定部覆盖的限定结构。上述第一隔离部指围绕第一颜色 子像素的发光区的限定结构被第二开口暴露的部分。
例如，如图1至图2所示，围绕各第一颜色子像素11的隔离部210均为第一隔离部211，非闭合环状的第一隔离部211设置有两个第一缺口212，穿过第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的分支通路320的一端穿过一个第一缺口212以与第一主干通路311连接，该分支通路320的另一端穿过另一个第一缺口212以与第二主干通路312连接。非闭合环状的第一隔离部设置有两个第一缺口时，可以通过对两个第一缺口的相对位置关系进行设置以使得穿过第一颜色子像素的发光区的分支通路的两端分别穿过两个不同的第一缺口以分别与第一主干通路和第二主干通路连接，或者，使得穿过第一颜色子像素的发光区的两个第一缺口的两端均与第一主干通路连接，或者均与第二主干通路连接。
例如，围绕至少一个第一颜色子像素11的非闭合环状的第一隔离部211设置的第一缺口212的数量大于两个，分支通路320穿过各第一缺口212与主干通路310连接，与该分支通路320连接的第一主干通路311的数量可以和与该分支通路320连接的第二主干通路312的数量相同，或者两者的数量不同。
在一些示例中，如图2所示，至少一条分支通路320穿过至少两个第一缺口212以形成至少一个L型分支通路320。上述至少两个第一缺口包括位于所述第一颜色子像素的发光区在所述第一方向上的一侧的一个第一缺口以及位于所述第一颜色子像素的发光区在所述第二方向上的一侧的一个第一缺口。
例如，L型分支通路320的拐角位置在衬底基板上的正投影与第一颜色子像素11的发光区101在衬底基板上的正投影交叠。图2示意性的示出一个第一颜色子像素对应一个L型分支通路，但不限于此，可以通过对第一缺口数量以及位置的设置使得第一颜色子像素对应多个L型分支通路，同一个第一颜色子像素对应的L型分支通路可以共用部分分支通路，或者间隔设置。
在一些示例中，如图1至图2所示，第一隔离部211的至少部分位于在第三方向上相邻设置的第一颜色子像素11和第三颜色子像素13之间，第一方向和第二方向均与第三方向相交。例如，第三方向可以为图4A所的V方向。第一隔离部211与第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第一距离D1，第一隔离部211与第三颜色子像素13的发光区101的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第二距离D2，第一距离D1小于第二距离D2。上述第一隔离部的边缘指像素限定图案的第二开口暴露的第一隔离部的边缘。
例如，相邻设置的第一颜色子像素11与第三颜色子像素13之间仅设置一 个隔离部210，如第一隔离部211，且第一隔离部211更靠近第一颜色子像素11，有利于提高第二电极的主干通路与第三颜色子像素交叠位置处的宽度，进而降低显示基板用于显示时的功耗。
例如，第一距离D1与第二距离D2之比可以为0.1～0.9。例如，第一距离D1与第二距离D2之比可以为0.2～0.7。例如，第一距离D1与第二距离D2之比可以为0.3～0.8。例如，第一距离D1与第二距离D2之比可以为0.45～0.65。例如，第一距离D1与第二距离D2之比可以为0.5～0.58。例如，第一距离D1与第二距离D2之比可以为0.55～0.6。
在一些示例中，如图1至图2所示，第一缺口212被配置为暴露第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的至少一个角部1010。例如，各第一缺口212均暴露第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的一个角部1010，同一个第一颜色子像素11对应的不同的第一缺口212被配置为暴露发光区101的不同角部1010。例如，同一个第一颜色子像素11对应的两个第一缺口212包括的两个角部1010可以为相邻的两个角部1010，也可以为相对的两个角部1010。
本公开实施例中，缺口暴露发光区的角部指该角部远离发光区的一侧没有设置隔离部，经过该角部的顶点和发光区中心的连线。
例如，如图1至图2所示，第一颜色子像素11对应的第一缺口212和与该第一颜色子像素11相邻设置的第二颜色子像素12之间设置有隔离部210，以降低第一颜色子像素与第二颜色子像素之间的串扰。
例如，如图1至图2所示，在第三方向上相邻设置的第一颜色子像素11与第三颜色子像素13之间设置有第一隔离部211，在第一方向上相邻设置的第一颜色子像素11与第二颜色子像素12之间设置有第一隔离部211或第一缺口212，在第二方向上相邻设置的第一颜色子像素11与第二颜色子像素12之间设置有第一隔离部211或第一缺口212。
例如，如图1所示，各发光元件的第一电极110包括一体化设置的主体电极111和连接电极112，主体电极111与发光区101交叠，且主体电极111的形状与发光区101的形状大致相同，如发光区101的形状为四边形，主体电极111的形状也为四边形；连接电极112与发光区101不交叠。例如，各子像素还包括驱动电路，驱动电路与发光元件的第一电极电连接以驱动发光元件发光。例如，连接电极112与驱动电路电连接。
例如，如图1所示，在垂直于衬底基板01的方向，第一隔离部211与连 接电极112不交叠，即像素限定部与连接电极112交叠。例如，第一缺口212暴露连接电极112以及主体电极111的一部分。
本公开提供的显示基板，通过将围绕第一颜色子像素的发光区的第一隔离部设置为非闭合环状，可以增加第二电极的电荷通路，如分支通路，有利于降低显示基板的串扰的同时，使得显示基板用于显示时的功耗不会太高。
例如，如图1至图2所示，与连接电极112对应的第一缺口212的尺寸可以大于其他第一缺口212的尺寸。
图6为图1所示一第一颜色子像素的发光区的示意性放大图。
在一些示例中，如图1和图6所示，至少一个第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的每条边或其延长线依次连接形成多边形02，且多边形02的多个顶角021存在与对应的发光区101的多个角部不交叠的区域022；至少一个第一颜色子像素11的发光区101包括至少一个特定角部1011，特定角部1011和与其对应的多边形02的顶角021不交叠的区域022的面积大于至少部分其他角部1012中各角部1012和与该角部1012对应的多边形02的顶角021不交叠的区域的面积。例如，第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的其他角部1012和与该角部1012对应的多边形02的顶角021不交叠的区域的面积非常小，如基本为零，则发光区的该角部与多边形的顶角重合。
例如，如图6所示，构成特定角部1011的两条直边L1和L2的延长线的交点到该子像素的发光区的中心O的距离与构成其他角部1012的两条直边L3和L4的交点到该子像素的中心O的距离不同。例如，两条线的交点即为其他角部的顶点，此时，该其他角部可为从该顶点为中心沿轮廓x微米的范围，x的值可以为2～7微米。例如，上述特定角部可以为相邻两条边向其顶点延伸交汇的部分形成的一段曲线以使得该角部成为圆倒角，例如特定角部1011包括圆倒角，该角部的顶点可以为用于形成上述圆倒角的两条边的延长线交点和与该圆倒角相对的角部的顶点的连线与该圆倒角的交点P，此时，该角部可为从该顶点P为中心沿轮廓x微米的范围，x的值可以为2～7微米。在特定角部为圆倒角，其他角部为直角或锐角时，构成特定角部的两条直边的延长线的交点到该子像素的发光区的中心的距离小于构成其他角部的两条直边的延长线的交点到该子像素的发光区的中心的距离。
上述“圆倒角”为一段曲线形成的顶角，该曲线可以为圆弧，也可以为非规则的曲线，例如椭圆形中截取的曲线、波浪线等。本公开实施例示意性的示 出该曲线具有相对于子像素的中心向外凸的形状，但不限于此，也可以为该曲线具有相对于子像素的中心向内凹的形状。例如，曲线为圆弧时，该圆弧的圆心角的范围可以为10°～150°。例如，该圆弧的圆心角的范围可以为60°～120°。例如，该圆弧的圆心角的范围可以为90°。例如，特定角部1011包括的圆倒角的曲线长度可以为10～60微米。当然，特定角部不限于上述圆倒角，也可以为平倒角。
在一些示例中，如图1至图2所示，第一缺口212被配置为暴露特定角部1011。例如，分支通路320穿过第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的特定角部1011后与主干通路310连接。例如，分支通路320在衬底基板01上的正投影与特定角部1011在衬底基板01上的正投影交叠。
本公开实施例中缺口暴露角部可以指缺口与角部相对，该角部处的第二电极与主干通路之间没有设置隔离部。
本公开通过将第一颜色子像素的发光区的至少一个角部设置为上述特定角部，可以增加该特定角部与相邻子像素的发光区之间的距离，进而降低相邻子像素之间的串扰发生的几率；与此同时，在特定角部位置处设置第一缺口，有利于降低第二电极的电阻以降低显示基板用于显示时的功耗。
例如，如图1至图2所示，各第一缺口212对应的发光区101的角部1010均为特定角部1011。例如，与同一第一颜色子像素11的发光区101对应的第一缺口212的数量不大于发光区101包括的特定角部1011的数量。
在一些示例中，如图1至图2所示，隔离部210包括围绕至少一个第二颜色子像素12的非闭合环状的第二隔离部213，第二隔离部213设置有至少两个第二缺口214，至少一条分支通路320穿过第二缺口214以与主干通路310连接。上述第二隔离部指像素限定图案的第二开口暴露的限定结构，上述第二缺口指像素限定部覆盖的限定结构。上述第二隔离部指围绕第二颜色子像素的发光区的限定结构被第二开口暴露的部分。
例如，如图1至图2所示，围绕各第二颜色子像素12的隔离部210均为第二隔离部213，非闭合环状的第二隔离部213设置有两个第二缺口214，穿过第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的分支通路320的一端穿过一个第二缺口214以与第一主干通路311连接，该分支通路320的另一端穿过另一个第二缺口214以与第二主干通路312连接。非闭合环状的第二隔离部设置有两个第二缺口时，可以通过对两个第二缺口的相对位置关系进行设置以使得穿过第二颜 色子像素的发光区的分支通路的两端分别穿过两个不同的第二缺口以分别与第一主干通路和第二主干通路连接，或者，使得穿过第二颜色子像素的发光区的两端均与第一主干通路连接，或者均与第二主干通路连接。
例如，围绕至少一个第二颜色子像素12的非闭合环状的第二隔离部213设置的第二缺口214的数量大于两个，分支通路320穿过各第二缺口214与主干通路310连接，与该分支通路320连接的第一主干通路311的数量可以和与该分支通路320连接的第二主干通路312的数量相同，或者两者的数量不同。
在一些示例中，如图2所示，至少一条分支通路320穿过至少两个第二缺口214以形成至少一个L型分支通路。上述至少两个第二缺口包括位于所述第二颜色子像素的发光区在所述第一方向上的一侧的一个第二缺口以及位于所述第二颜色子像素的发光区在所述第二方向上的一侧的一个第二缺口。
例如，L型分支通路320的拐角位置在衬底基板上的正投影与第二颜色子像素12的发光区101在衬底基板上的正投影交叠。图2示意性的示出一个第二颜色子像素对应一个L型分支通路，但不限于此，可以通过对第二缺口数量以及位置的设置使得第二颜色子像素对应多个L型分支通路，同一个第二颜色子像素对应的L型分支通路可以共用部分分支通路，或者间隔设置。
在一些示例中，如图1至图2所示，第二隔离部213的至少部分位于在第三方向上相邻设置的第二颜色子像素12和第三颜色子像素13之间，第一方向和第二方向均与第三方向相交。例如，第三方向可以为图4A所的V方向。第二隔离部213与第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第三距离D3，第二隔离部213与第三颜色子像素13的发光区101的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第四距离D4，第三距离D3小于第四距离D4。上述第二隔离部的边缘指像素限定图案的第二开口暴露的第二隔离部的边缘。
例如，相邻设置的第二颜色子像素12与第三颜色子像素13之间仅设置一个隔离部210，如第二隔离部213，且第二隔离部213更靠近第二颜色子像素12，有利于提高第二电极的主干通路与第三颜色子像素交叠位置处的宽度，进而降低显示基板用于显示时的功耗。
例如，第三距离D3与第四距离D4之比可以为0.1～0.9。例如，第三距离D3与第四距离D4之比可以为0.2～0.7。例如，第三距离D3与第四距离D4之比可以为0.3～0.8。例如，第三距离D3与第四距离D4之比可以为0.45～0.65。例如，第三距离D3与第四距离D4之比可以为0.5～0.58。例如，第三距离D3 与第四距离D4之比可以为0.55～0.6。
例如，如图1至图2所示，相邻第一颜色子像素11与第二颜色子像素12之间设置有第一隔离部211与第二缺口214，或者第二隔离部213与第一缺口212，可以在隔断相邻第一颜色子像素与第二颜色子像素的发光功能层的至少一层以及第二电极的同时，使得相邻第一颜色子像素与第二颜色子像素之间的通路在缺口位置处保持较大的宽度，降低第二电极的电阻以降低显示基板用于显示时的功耗。
例如，如图1至图2所示，第二缺口214被配置为暴露第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的至少一个角部1020。例如，各第二缺口214均暴露第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的一个角部1020，同一个第二颜色子像素12对应的不同的第二缺口214被配置为暴露发光区101的不同角部1020。例如，同一个第二颜色子像素13对应的两个第二缺口214包括的两个角部1020可以为相邻的两个角部1020，也可以为相对的两个角部1020。
例如，如图1至图2所示，穿过第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的分支通路320穿过发光区101的角部1020以与主干通路310连接。
例如，如图1至图2所示，第一颜色子像素11的发光区101包括四条边，各条边对应设置第一隔离部211；第二颜色子像素12的发光区101包括四条边，各条边对应设置第二隔离部213；第三颜色子像素13的发光区101包括四条边，各条边对应设置第一隔离部211或第二隔离部213。
例如，如图1至图2所示，非闭合环状的第一隔离部211包括围绕第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的三条边的第一子部，以及与第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的第四条边对应的第二子部，第二子部的两端与第一子部之间均设置有间隔，该间隔为第一缺口212。
例如，如图1至图2所示，非闭合环状的第二隔离部213包括围绕第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的三条边的第三子部，以及与第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的第四条边对应的第四子部，第四子部的两端与第三子部之间均设置有间隔，该间隔为第二缺口214。
例如，如图1至图2所示，第一隔离部211的第一子部和第二子部的相对位置关系与第二隔离部213的第三子部和第四子部的相对位置关系相同。
例如，如图1至图2所示，第三颜色子像素13的发光区101包括相对设置的两条长边以及相对设置的两条短边，第一隔离部211的第二子部与第三颜 色子像素13的发光区101的长边对应，第二隔离部213的第四子部与第三颜色子像素13的发光区101的短边对应，第一隔离部211的第二子部的长度大于第二隔离部213的第四子部的长度。
由于显示基板中，如果将相邻子像素之间的串扰降的很低，容易导致第二电极的电阻较高；如果将第二电极的电阻保持较低的水平，容易导致相邻子像素之间具有较大的串扰。本公开提供的显示基板中，通过在任意方向相邻设置的两个子像素之间均设置隔离部的同时，将至少部分隔离部设置为非闭合的环状结构，有利于在降低相邻子像素之间串扰的同时，使得第二电极的电阻不会较高，平衡显示基板的串扰与功耗参数。
在各子像素周边分别设置隔离部，防止各子像素间的串扰；同时相邻子像素间也需要保留部分通路，如阴极通道，在减少子像素间串扰的同时，保证阴极跨压在一定范围内。
例如，如图1至图3所示，隔离部210包括延伸方向与行方向和列方向均相交的部分。通过对隔离部的延伸方向的设置，可以使得第二电极的通路包括延伸方向与行方向和列方向均相交的边缘，有利于提高第二电极的各方向延伸的通路会聚连通的效果。
例如，如图1至图3所示，隔离部210包括延伸方向与行方向和列方向至少之一平行的部分。
通过对隔离部的延伸方向的设置，可以控制第二电极的通路的延伸方向。
图7-图8为根据本公开实施例提供的另一种显示基板的局部平面结构示意图。图7示出了发光元件的第一电极，没有示出发光元件的第二电极，图8示出了发光元件的第二电极，没有示出发光元件的第一电极。图7至图8所示显示基板与图1所示显示基板的不同之处在于在像素排列保持不变的情况下，通过对隔离部形状以及位置设置的改变使得第二电极的网状通路发生变化。图8示意性的示出了通路的路径，没有示出通路的形状，该显示基板中第二电极包括宽度不均匀的通路，通路中宽度最宽的位置在衬底基板上的正投影与发光区在衬底基板上的正投影交叠。本示例中的衬底基板、绝缘层、限定结构、像素限定部、第一开口以及发光元件与图1所示的衬底基板、绝缘层、限定结构、像素限定部、第一开口以及发光元件具有相同的特征，在此不再赘述。
在一些示例中，如图8所示，多条主干通路310还包括穿过第一子像素组001的主干通路310。例如，多条主干通路310还包括穿过第一颜色子像素11 的发光区101和第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的主干通路310。图8所示的显示基板以Y方向为第一方向，X方向为第二方向为例。例如，至少一条主干通路310穿过第一子像素组001。
例如，如图8所示，主干通路310穿过第一子像素组001和第二子像素组002。例如，主干通路310穿过第一颜色子像素11的发光区101、第二颜色子像素12的发光区101以及第三颜色子像素13的发光区101。例如，主干通路310中的第一主干通路311和第二主干通路312之一穿过第一子像素组001和第二子像素组002。
图8所示显示基板中的主干通路和分支通路与图2所示显示基板中的主干通路和分支通路具有相同的定义，在此不再赘述。
本公开提供的显示基板通过将多个主干通路设置为包括穿过第一子像素组和第二子像素组的主干通路，将主干通路的数量设置的较多，有利于降低第二电极的电阻，进而降低显示基板用于显示时的功耗。
在一些示例中，如图7至图8所示，隔离部210包括围绕至少一个第三颜色子像素13的非闭合环状的第三隔离部215，非闭合环状的第三隔离部215暴露第三颜色子像素13的发光区101的角部1030的至少两个第三缺口216，至少一条主干通路310穿过第三缺口216。上述第三隔离部指像素限定图案的第二开口暴露的限定结构，上述第三缺口指像素限定部覆盖的限定结构。上述第三隔离部指围绕第三颜色子像素的发光区的限定结构被第二开口暴露的部分。
例如，如图7和图8所示，主干通路310穿过第三颜色子像素13的角部1030。
例如，如图7和图8所示，与同一第三颜色子像素13对应的第三隔离部215设置有四个第三缺口216，以使得第一主干通路311穿过相对设置的两个第三缺口216，第二主干通路312穿过相对设置的另外两个第三缺口216，第一主干通路311与第二主干通路312在该第三颜色子像素13的发光区101内交汇。
例如，如图7和图8所示，第三颜色子像素13的发光区101包括四条边，非闭合环状的第三隔离部215包括交替设置的第五子部和第六子部，第五子部与第六子部之间的间隔为第三缺口216，两个第五子部和两个第六子部分别与发光区101的四条边对应设置。例如，第三颜色子像素13的发光区101包括两条相对设置的长边和两条相对设置的短边，第五子部与长边对应，第六子部 与短边对应，第五子部的长度大于第六子部的长度。例如，第五子部的长度不小于长边的长度，第六子部的长度不小于短边的长度。
在一些示例中，如图7和图8所示，第三隔离部215位于在第三方向上相邻设置的第一颜色子像素11与第三颜色子像素13之间，第一方向和第二方向均与第三方向相交。例如，第一颜色子像素11与第三颜色子像素13之间设置有第三隔离部215的第五子部或者第六子部。
在一些示例中，如图7和图8所示，第三隔离部215与第三颜色子像素13的发光区101的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第五距离D5，第三隔离部215与第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第六距离D6，第五距离D5小于第六距离D6。
例如，如图7和图8所示，第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的面积大于第三颜色子像素13的发光区101的面积，主干通路310与第一颜色子像素11的发光区101交叠位置的宽度大于主干通路310与第三颜色子像素13的发光区101交叠位置的宽度。相邻设置的第一颜色子像素11与第三颜色子像素13之间仅设置一个隔离部210，如第三隔离部215，且第三隔离部215更靠近第三颜色子像素13，有利于进一步提高第二电极的主干通路与第一颜色子像素交叠位置处的宽度，进而降低显示基板用于显示时的功耗。此外，该显示基板中隔离部在衬底基板上正投影的面积设置的较小，如仅在相邻子像素之间最易发生串扰的位置处设置了隔离部，且每个隔离部设置的尺寸较小，可以极大提高第二电极的导通通路的尺寸，适用于对功耗要求高的场景。
例如，第五距离D5与第六距离D6之比可以为0.1～0.9。例如，第五距离D5与第六距离D6之比可以为0.2～0.7。例如，第五距离D5与第六距离D6之比可以为0.3～0.8。例如，第五距离D5与第六距离D6之比可以为0.45～0.65。例如，第五距离D5与第六距离D6之比可以为0.5～0.58。例如，第五距离D5与第六距离D6之比可以为0.55～0.6。
在一些示例中，如图7和图8所示，第三隔离部215位于在第三方向上相邻设置的第二颜色子像素12与第三颜色子像素13之间，第一方向和第二方向均与第三方向相交。例如，第二颜色子像素12与第三颜色子像素13之间设置有第三隔离部215的第五子部或者第六子部。
在一些示例中，如图7和图8所示，第三隔离部215与第三颜色子像素13的发光区101的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第五距离D5，第三隔离部215 与第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第七距离D7，第五距离D5小于第七距离D7。
例如，如图7和图8所示，第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的面积大于第三颜色子像素13的发光区101的面积，主干通路310与第二颜色子像素12的发光区101交叠位置的宽度大于主干通路310与第三颜色子像素13的发光区101交叠位置的宽度。相邻设置的第二颜色子像素12与第三颜色子像素13之间仅设置一个隔离部210，如第三隔离部215，且第三隔离部215更靠近第三颜色子像素13，有利于进一步提高第二电极的主干通路与第二颜色子像素交叠位置处的宽度，进而降低显示基板用于显示时的功耗。
例如，第五距离D5与第七距离D7之比可以为0.1～0.9。例如，第五距离D5与第七距离D7之比可以为0.2～0.7。例如，第五距离D5与第七距离D7之比可以为0.3～0.8。例如，第五距离D5与第七距离D7之比可以为0.45～0.65。例如，第五距离D5与第七距离D7之比可以为0.5～0.58。例如，第五距离D5与第七距离D7之比可以为0.55～0.6。
显示基板中，因子像素串扰主要发生在相邻子像素的彼此靠近的直边方向，而相邻子像素的彼此靠近的角部之间因串扰路径较远，串扰程度较低，故在相邻子像素的彼此靠近的角部(如第一颜色子像素的角部与第三颜色子像素的角部，或者第二颜色子像素的角部与第三颜色子像素的角部)之间不设置隔离部的情况下，子像素之间的串扰风险仍然较低，同时还能增加第二电极的导电通路，降低电阻。
在一些示例中，如图7和图8所示，隔离部210还包括第四隔离部217，第四隔离部217位于沿第二方向或者沿第一方向排列的相邻第一颜色子像素11和第二颜色子像素12之间，以降低第一颜色子像素与第二颜色子像素之间发生串扰的几率。
例如，如图7和图8所示，第四隔离部217与第三隔离部215之间设置有间隔。例如，第四隔离部217两侧分别设置有两个第三隔离部215，如两个第五子部或者两个第六子部。本公开不限于此，第四隔离部还可以与第三隔离部一体化设置。
例如，如图7和图8所示，第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的角部1010与第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的角部1020相对设置，第四隔离部217位于第一颜色子像素11的角部1010与第二颜色子像素12的角部1020之间。相 邻设置的第一颜色子像素与第二颜色子像素的彼此靠近的角部之间的距离较小，通过在这两个角部之间设置一个第四隔离部，且第四隔离部与第三隔离部间隔设置，可以在降低第一颜色子像素与第二颜色子像素之间发生串扰几率的同时，不引起第二电极的电阻过多的增加。
例如，如图7和图8所示，可以仅在沿第一方向排列的相邻第一颜色子像素11和第二颜色子像素12之间设置第四隔离部217，使得主干通路310穿过沿第二方向排列的第一颜色子像素11和第二颜色子像素12。当然，本公开不限于此，可以仅在第二方向排列的相邻第一颜色子像素和第二颜色子像素之间设置第四隔离部，使得主干通路穿过沿第一方向排列的第一颜色子像素和第二颜色子像素。
例如，如图7和图8所示，分支通路320可以穿过第一颜色子像素11的发光区101，也可以穿过第二颜色子像素12的发光区101。例如，分支通路320的两端分别与延伸方向相同的两条主干通路310连接，如分支通路320的两端分别与两条第一主干通路311连接，或者分支通路320的两端分别与两条第二主干通路312连接。
图8仅示意性的示出一种沿Y方向延伸的分支通路，但不限于此，第二电极还可以包括经过第三隔离部与第四隔离部之间的分支通路。
例如，如图7和图8所示，位于第一颜色子像素11和第二颜色子像素12之间的第四隔离部217与第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离不同于该第四隔离部217与第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离。例如，沿Y方向排列的多个第四隔离部217均靠近位于其同一侧的子像素的发光区101，如第奇数个第四隔离部217更靠近第一颜色子像素11的发光区101，第偶数个第四隔离部217更靠近第二颜色子像素12的发光区101。
本公开不限于相邻第一颜色子像素与第二颜色子像素之间仅设置一个第四隔离部，还可以设置两个第四隔离部，或者更多个第四隔离部。
图9-图10为根据本公开实施例提供的另一种显示基板的局部平面结构示意图。图9示出了发光元件的第一电极，没有示出发光元件的第二电极，图10示出了发光元件的第二电极，没有示出发光元件的第一电极。图9至图10所示显示基板与图1所示显示基板的不同之处在于在像素排列保持不变的情况下，通过对隔离部形状以及位置设置的改变使得第二电极的网状通路发生变化。 图10示意性的示出了通路的路径，没有示出通路的形状，该显示基板中第二电极包括宽度不均匀的通路，通路中宽度最宽的位置在衬底基板上的正投影与发光区在衬底基板上的正投影交叠。图9所示显示基板中的主干通路与图2所示显示基板中的主干通路具有相同的定义，在此不再赘述。本示例中的衬底基板、绝缘层、限定结构、像素限定部、第一开口以及发光元件与图1所示的衬底基板、绝缘层、限定结构、像素限定部、第一开口以及发光元件具有相同的特征，在此不再赘述。
在一些示例中，如图9和图10所示，隔离部210包括围绕至少一个第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的非闭合环状的第一隔离部211，非闭合环状的第一隔离部211设置有暴露第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的至少两条边1113的至少两个第一缺口212，主干通路310穿过两个第一缺口212。例如，第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的一条边1113与一个第一缺口212相对设置。上述第一隔离部指围绕第一颜色子像素的发光区的限定结构被第二开口暴露的部分。
例如，如图9和图10所示，多条主干通路310包括穿过第三颜色子像素13的发光区101的主干通路310，以及穿过第一颜色子像素11的发光区101以及第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的主干通路310。例如，多条主干通路310包括穿过第三颜色子像素13的发光区101的第一主干通路311和第二主干通路312，第一主干通路311的延伸方向与第二主干通路312的延伸方向相交，且第一主干通路311与第二主干通路312在第三颜色子像素13的发光区101处交汇。
例如，如图9和图10所示，多条主干通路310还包括穿过第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的第三主干通路313。例如，第三主干通路313还穿过第三颜色子像素13的发光区101。
例如，如图9和图10所示，通过设置同一第一颜色子像素11对应的第一隔离部211设置的第一缺口212的数量，可以调节穿过第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的第三主干通路313的数量。例如，同一第一颜色子像素11对应五个第一缺口212，其中两个第一缺口212在第三方向，如V方向相对设置，两个第一缺口212在第四方向，如W方向相对设置，第五个第一缺口212避让第一颜色子像素11的第一电极110的连接电极112，如第五个第一缺口212暴露第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的一个角部1010，则同一第一颜色子像 素11被沿第三方向延伸的一条第三主干通路313和沿第四方向延伸的一条第三主干通路313穿过。例如，第一颜色子像素11与第三颜色子像素13之间没有设置第一隔离部211，由此第三主干通路可以依次穿过第一颜色子像素的发光区、第一缺口以及第三颜色子像素的发光区。
例如，如图9和图10所示，第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的至少一个角部1010被第一隔离部211包围，且第一隔离部211位于相邻第一颜色子像素11与第二颜色子像素12之间，以降低第一颜色子像素与第二颜色子像素之间发生串扰的几率。
例如，如图9和图10所示，设置在第一颜色子像素11和第二颜色子像素12之间的第一隔离部211与第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第一子距离，该第一隔离部211与第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第二子距离，第一子距离小于第二子距离，即第一隔离部211更靠近第一颜色子像素11的发光区101。
例如，如图9和图10所示，第一隔离部211包括间隔设置的多个子部，相邻子部之间设置有第一缺口212。例如，第一缺口212的尺寸小于第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的边1113的长度。
在一些示例中，如图9和图10所示，隔离部210包括围绕至少一个第二颜色子像素12的非闭合环状的第二隔离部213，非闭合环状的第二隔离部212设置有暴露第二颜色子像素11的发光区101的至少两条边1123的至少两个第二缺口214，第一隔离部211与第二隔离部213相对设置。上述第二隔离部指围绕第二颜色子像素的发光区的限定结构被第二开口暴露的部分。
例如，如图9和图10所示，第二隔离部213位于第一颜色子像素11与第二颜色子像素12之间，如第一颜色子像素11与第二颜色子像素12之间设置有第一隔离部211和第二隔离部213。
例如，如图9和图10所示，多条主干通路310还包括穿过第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的第四主干通路314。例如，第四主干通路314还穿过第三颜色子像素13的发光区101。
例如，如图9和图10所示，通过设置同一第二颜色子像素12对应的第二隔离部213设置的第二缺口214的数量，可以调节穿过第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的第四主干通路314的数量。例如，同一第二颜色子像素12对应五个第二缺口214，其中两个第二缺口214在第三方向，如V方向相对设置， 两个第二缺口214在第四方向，如W方向相对设置，第五个第二缺口214避让第二颜色子像素12的第一电极110的连接电极112，如第五个第二缺口214暴露第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的一个角部1020，则同一第二颜色子像素12被沿第三方向延伸的一条第四主干通路314和沿第四方向延伸的一条第四主干通路314穿过。例如，第二颜色子像素12与第三颜色子像素13之间没有设置第二隔离部213，由此第四主干通路可以依次穿过第二颜色子像素的发光区、第二缺口以及第三颜色子像素的发光区。
例如，如图9和图10所示，第一主干通路311穿过第一隔离部211与第二隔离部213之间的间隔以及第三颜色子像素13的发光区101。
例如，如图9和图10所示，第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的至少一个角部1020被第二隔离部213包围，且第二隔离部213位于相邻第一颜色子像素11与第二颜色子像素12之间，以降低第一颜色子像素与第二颜色子像素之间发生串扰的几率。通过在第一颜色子像素和第二颜色子像素之间设置两个隔离部，可以避免第一颜色子像素和第二颜色子像素的应断开的膜层没有断开的情况的发生。
例如，如图9和图10所示，设置在第一颜色子像素11和第二颜色子像素12之间的第二隔离部213与第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第三子距离，该第二隔离部213与第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第四子距离，第三子距离大于第四子距离，即第二隔离部213更靠近第二颜色子像素12的发光区101。
例如，如图9和图10所示，第二隔离部213包括间隔设置的多个子部，相邻子部之间设置有第二缺口214。例如，第二缺口214的尺寸小于第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的边1123的长度。
图10没有示出分支通路，如该显示基板的第二电极可以包括穿过第一颜色子像素的第一电极的连接电极的分支通路，该分支通路的一端可以与第二主干通路312连接，该分支通路的另一端可以与第三主干通路313连接。如该显示基板的第二电极还可以包括穿过第二颜色子像素的第一电极的连接电极的分支通路，该分支通路的一端可以与第二主干通路312连接，该分支通路的另一端可以与第四主干通路314连接。
本公开实施例不限于此，在第一颜色子像素与第二颜色子像素之间设置第一隔离部和第二隔离部时，第一隔离部与第二隔离部的至少之一还可以设较小 的缺口，该缺口仅与子像素的发光区的边相对，不与子像素的发光区的角部相对。
由于第一颜色子像素与第二颜色子像素之间容易发生串扰，如第一颜色子像素和第二颜色子像素的彼此相对的角部之间容易发生串扰，其他位置处发生串扰的概率较低，本公开提供的显示基板，通过在第一颜色子像素与第二颜色子像素的彼此相对的角部之间设置至少两个隔离部，且在第一颜色子像素和第二颜色子像素的边对应位置不设置隔离部，可以降低串扰发生概率的同时，尽量不增加第二电极的电阻，从而对第二电极的通路在串扰与功耗之间实现了较好的平衡。
图11-图12为根据本公开实施例提供的另一种显示基板的局部平面结构示意图。图11示出了发光元件的第一电极，没有示出发光元件的第二电极，图12示出了发光元件的第二电极，没有示出发光元件的第一电极。图11至图12所示显示基板与图1所示显示基板的不同之处在于在像素排列保持不变的情况下，通过对隔离部形状以及位置设置的改变使得第二电极的网状通路发生变化。图12示意性的示出了通路的路径，没有示出通路的形状，该显示基板中第二电极包括宽度不均匀的通路，通路中宽度最宽的位置在衬底基板上的正投影与发光区在衬底基板上的正投影交叠。本示例中的衬底基板、绝缘层、限定结构、像素限定部、第一开口以及发光元件与图1所示的衬底基板、绝缘层、限定结构、像素限定部、第一开口以及发光元件具有相同的特征，在此不再赘述。
在一些示例中，如图11和图12所示，隔离部210包括围绕至少一个第一颜色子像素11的非闭合环状的第一隔离部211，非闭合环状的第一隔离部211设置有暴露第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的角部1010的至少两个第一缺口212，至少两个第一缺口212包括，如在第一方向上，相对设置的两个第一缺口212，主干通路310穿过两个第一缺口212。上述第一隔离部指像素限定图案的第二开口暴露的限定结构，上述第一缺口指像素限定部覆盖的限定结构。上述第一隔离部指围绕第一颜色子像素的发光区的限定结构被第二开口暴露的部分。
例如，如图11和图12所示，围绕各第一颜色子像素11的隔离部210均为第一隔离部211。例如，第一隔离部211位于在第二方向上排列的相邻第一颜色子像素11和第二颜色子像素12之间。例如，第一隔离部211包括第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的至少一个角部1010以及至少一条边。
例如，如图11和图12所示，主干通路310穿过第三颜色子像素13的发光区101以及第一颜色子像素11的发光区101。例如，主干通路310包括延伸方向相交的第一主干通路311和第二主干通路312，第一主干通路311和第二主干通路312在第三颜色子像素13的发光区101交汇。
本公开实施例提供的显示基板，主干通路除了穿过第三颜色子像素以外还穿过第一颜色子像素，可以进一步降低第二电极的电阻以降低功耗。
在一些示例中，如图11和图12所示，第一隔离部210的至少部分位于在第三方向上相邻设置的第一颜色子像素11和第三颜色子像素13之间，第一方向和第二方向均与第三方向相交。例如，第三方向可以为图4A所的V方向。第一隔离部210与第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第一距离D1，第一隔离部210与第三颜色子像素13的发光区101的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第二距离D2，第一距离D1小于第二距离D2。上述第一隔离部的边缘指像素限定图案的第二开口暴露的第一隔离部的边缘。
例如，相邻设置的第一颜色子像素11与第三颜色子像素13之间仅设置一个隔离部210，如第一隔离部211，且第一隔离部211更靠近第一颜色子像素11，有利于提高第二电极的主干通路与第三颜色子像素交叠位置处的宽度，进而降低显示基板用于显示时的功耗。
例如，第一距离D1与第二距离D2之比可以为0.1～0.9。例如，第一距离D1与第二距离D2之比可以为0.2～0.7。例如，第一距离D1与第二距离D2之比可以为0.3～0.8。例如，第一距离D1与第二距离D2之比可以为0.45～0.65。例如，第一距离D1与第二距离D2之比可以为0.5～0.58。例如，第一距离D1与第二距离D2之比可以为0.55～0.6。
例如，如图11至图12所示，第一缺口212被配置为暴露第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的至少一个角部1010。例如，同一个第一颜色子像素11对应的不同的第一缺口212被配置为暴露发光区101的不同角部1010。
例如，如图11和图12所示，第一缺口212暴露第一电极110的连接电极111。
在一些示例中，如图11和图12所示，隔离部210包括围绕至少一个第二颜色子像素12的非闭合环状的第二隔离部213，非闭合环状的第二隔离部213设置有暴露第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的角部1020的至少两个第二缺口214，至少两个第二缺口214包括，如在第一方向上，相对设置的两个第二缺 口214，第二缺口214与第一缺口212，如在第一方向上，相对设置以使主干通路310穿过第一缺口212和第二缺口214。例如，主干通路310依次穿过第一颜色子像素11的发光区101、第一缺口212、第二缺口214以及第二颜色子像素12的发光区101。上述第二隔离部指围绕第二颜色子像素的发光区的限定结构被第二开口暴露的部分。
例如，如图11和图12所示，在第二方向排列的相邻第一颜色子像素11和第二颜色子像素12之间设置有第一隔离部211和第二隔离部213，在第一方向排列的相邻第一颜色子像素11和第二颜色子像素12之间没有设置隔离部210，在降低第二方向上第一颜色子像素和第二颜色子像素之间串扰的同时，在第一方向上提供第二电极的电荷通路，有利于平衡串扰和功耗。
在一些示例中，如图11和图12所示，主干通路310穿过在第二方向上相邻设置的第一隔离部211与第二隔离部213之间的间隔以及在第一方向上相邻设置的第一隔离部211与第二隔离部213之间的间隔。例如，穿过相邻设置的第一隔离部211与第二隔离部213之间的间隔的主干通路310穿过第三颜色子像素13的发光区101。
在一些示例中，如图11和图12所示，第二隔离部213的至少部分位于在第三方向上相邻设置的第二颜色子像素12和第三颜色子像素13之间，第一方向和第二方向均与第三方向相交。例如，第三方向可以为图4A所的V方向。第二隔离部213与第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第三距离D3，第二隔离部213与第三颜色子像素13的发光区101的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第四距离D4，第三距离D3小于第四距离D4。上述第二隔离部的边缘指像素限定图案的第二开口暴露的第二隔离部的边缘。
例如，相邻设置的第二颜色子像素12与第三颜色子像素13之间仅设置一个隔离部210，如第二隔离部213，且第二隔离部213更靠近第二颜色子像素12，有利于提高第二电极的主干通路与第三颜色子像素交叠位置处的宽度，进而降低显示基板用于显示时的功耗。
例如，第三距离D3与第四距离D4之比可以为0.1～0.9。例如，第三距离D3与第四距离D4之比可以为0.2～0.7。例如，第三距离D3与第四距离D4之比可以为0.3～0.8。例如，第三距离D3与第四距离D4之比可以为0.45～0.65。例如，第三距离D3与第四距离D4之比可以为0.5～0.58。例如，第三距离D3与第四距离D4之比可以为0.55～0.6。
在一些示例中，如图11和图12所示，在第一方向上相邻的第一隔离部211与第二隔离部213之间的间隔不小于第一缺口212在第二方向上的尺寸，以及第二缺口214在第二方向上的尺寸。
通过调整在第一方向上相邻设置的第一隔离部与第二隔离部之间的间隔，可以尽量增加两者之间的第二电极的通路的宽度以使得第二电极的电阻不会较高，进而有利于降低功耗。
图13A-图13B为根据本公开实施例提供的另一种显示基板的局部平面结构示意图。图13A示出了发光元件的第一电极，没有示出发光元件的第二电极，图13B示出了发光元件的第二电极，没有示出发光元件的第一电极。图13A至图13B所示显示基板与图1所示显示基板的不同之处在于在像素排列保持不变的情况下，通过对隔离部形状以及位置设置的改变使得第二电极的网状通路发生变化。图13B示意性的示出了通路的路径，没有示出通路的形状，该显示基板中第二电极包括宽度不均匀的通路，通路中宽度最宽的位置在衬底基板上的正投影与发光区在衬底基板上的正投影交叠。本示例中的衬底基板、绝缘层、限定结构、像素限定部、第一开口以及发光元件与图1所示的衬底基板、绝缘层、限定结构、像素限定部、第一开口以及发光元件具有相同的特征，在此不再赘述。
在一些示例中，如图13A和图13B所示，隔离部210包括围绕至少一个第三颜色子像素13的非闭合环状的第三隔离部215，非闭合环状的第三隔离部215设置有暴露第三颜色子像素13的发光区101的角部1030的至少两个第三缺口216，至少两个第三缺口216包括相对设置的两个第三缺口216，主干通路310穿过相对设置的两个第三缺口216、在第一方向上相邻设置的第三隔离部215之间的间隔以及在第二方向上相邻设置的第三隔离部215之间的间隔。上述第三隔离部指围绕第三颜色子像素的发光区的限定结构被第二开口暴露的部分。
例如，如图13A和图13B所示，主干通路310穿过交替设置的第三缺口216与第三颜色子像素13的发光区101。
例如，如图13A和图13B所示，主干通路310包括延伸方向相交的第一主干通路311和第二主干通路312，第一主干通路311和第二主干通路312之一穿过第三缺口216以及第三颜色子像素13的发光区101，第一主干通路311和第二主干通路312中的另一个穿过相邻第三隔离部215之间的间隔、第一颜 色子像素11以及第二颜色子像素12。例如，部分第一主干通路311穿过相邻第三隔离部215之间的间隔、第一颜色子像素11以及第二颜色子像素12。
在一些示例中，如图13A和图13B所示，在第一方向上相邻设置的第三隔离部215之间的间隔在第一方向上的最大尺寸不大于第三缺口216在第一方向上的最大尺寸。通过将第三缺口设置为大于第三间隔部之间的间隔，可以尽量增加经过第三颜色子像素的第二电极的通路的宽度的同时，尽量降低经过第一颜色子像素和第二颜色子像素的第二电极的通路的宽度，以在尽量降低相邻设置的第一颜色子像素与第二颜色子像素之间的串扰的同时，尽量不增大第二电极的电阻，平衡串扰和功耗。
例如，如图13A和图13B所示，隔离部210还包括围绕第一颜色子像素11的非闭合环状的第一隔离部211以及围绕第二颜色子像素12的非闭合环状的第二隔离部213。例如，第一隔离部211设置有第一缺口212，第二隔离部213设置有第二缺口214。例如，用于暴露第三隔离部215的像素限定图案的第二开口420还暴露第一隔离部211和第二隔离部213。
例如，如图13A和图13B所示，主干通路310依次经过第一缺口212、第一颜色子像素11的发光区101、第二缺口214以及第二颜色子像素12的发光区101。例如，第一主干通路311依次经过第一缺口212、第一颜色子像素11的发光区101、第二缺口214以及第二颜色子像素12的发光区101。例如，第二主干通路312依次经过第一缺口212、第一颜色子像素11的发光区101、第二缺口214以及第二颜色子像素12的发光区101。
例如，如图13A所示，像素限定图案400的一个第二开口420包括围绕第一颜色子像素11的第一隔离部，围绕第二颜色子像素12的第二隔离部以及围绕第三颜色子像素13的第三隔离部，如第二开口420暴露三种隔离部。
图14A为根据本公开实施例提供的另一种显示基板的局部平面结构示意图。图14B为图14A所示显示基板的局部放大图。图14A所示显示基板中第二电极的通路可以与图13B中的通路相同，在此不再赘述。图13A所示显示基板与图14A所示显示基板的区别仅在于围绕第三颜色子像素13的限定结构200是否被像素限定图案400的第二开口420暴露。例如，图14A所示的显示基板中，第二开口420暴露两种隔离部，或者仅暴露一种隔离部。
例如，如图14A-图14B所示，所述第一颜色子像素11的发光区包括多个角部；所述隔离部210包括围绕至少一个第一颜色子像素11的非闭合环状的 第一隔离部211，所述非闭合环状的第一隔离部211设置有暴露所述多个角部的至少两个角部的至少两个第一缺口212，所述至少两个第一缺口212包括尺寸不同的两个第一缺口212。
例如，如图14A-图14B所示，第一颜色子像素11的发光区101包括四个角部，四个角部包括在第一方向上相对设置的两个第一角部1021以及在第二方向上相对设置的两个第二角部1022。隔离部210包括围绕至少一个第一颜色子像素11的非闭合环状的第一隔离部211，非闭合环状的第一隔离部211设置有暴露四个角部的四个第一缺口212，四个第一缺口212中的至少两个第一缺口212的尺寸不同。
例如，如图14A-图14B所示，与第一电极的连接电极对应的第一缺口212的尺寸较大。
例如，如图14A-图14B所示，暴露第一角部1021的第一缺口212的尺寸与暴露第二角部1022的第一缺口212的尺寸不同。例如，暴露第一角部1021的第一缺口212对应第一电极的连接电极，暴露第一角部1021的第一缺口212的尺寸大于暴露第二角部1022的第一缺口212的尺寸。通过将暴露第二角部的第一缺口的尺寸设置的较小，有利于降低沿第二方向排列的第一颜色子像素与第二颜色子像素之间的串扰。
例如，如图14A-图14B所示，所述第二颜色子像素12的发光区101包括多个角部；所述隔离部210包括围绕至少一个第二颜色子像素12的非闭合环状的第二隔离部213，所述非闭合环状的第二隔离部213设置有暴露所述多个角部的至少两个角部的至少两个第二缺口214，所述至少两个第二缺口214包括尺寸不同的两个第二缺口214。
例如，如图14A-图14B所示，第二颜色子像素12的发光区101包括四个角部，四个角部包括在第一方向上相对设置的两个第三角部1023以及在第二方向上相对设置的两个第四角部1024；隔离部210包括围绕至少一个第二颜色子像素12的非闭合环状的第二隔离部213，非闭合环状的第二隔离部213设置有暴露四个角部的四个第二缺口214，四个第二缺口214中的至少两个第二缺口214的尺寸不同。
例如，如图14A-图14B所示，暴露第三角部1023的第二缺口214的尺寸与暴露第四角部1024的第二缺口214的尺寸不同。
例如，如图14A-图14B所示，与第一电极的连接电极对应的第二缺口214 的尺寸较大。
例如，暴露第三角部1023的第二缺口214对应第一电极的连接电极，暴露第三角部1023的第二缺口214的尺寸大于暴露第四角部1024的第二缺口214的尺寸。通过将暴露第四角部的第二缺口的尺寸设置的较小，有利于降低沿第二方向排列的第一颜色子像素与第二颜色子像素之间的串扰。
图15-图16为根据本公开实施例提供的另一种显示基板的局部平面结构示意图。图15示出了发光元件的第一电极，没有示出发光元件的第二电极，图16示出了发光元件的第二电极，没有示出发光元件的第一电极。图15至图16所示显示基板与图1所示显示基板的不同之处在于在像素排列不同，且隔离部形状以及位置不同。图16示意性的示出了通路的路径，没有示出通路的形状，该显示基板中第二电极包括宽度不均匀的通路，通路中宽度最宽的位置在衬底基板上的正投影与发光区在衬底基板上的正投影交叠。本示例中的衬底基板、绝缘层以及发光元件与图1所示的衬底基板、绝缘层以及发光元件具有相同的特征，在此不再赘述。
例如，如图15和图16所示，子像素10包括第一颜色子像素11、第二颜色子像素12以及第三颜色子像素13。例如，第一颜色子像素11可以为发出蓝光的蓝色子像素、第二颜色子像素12可以为发出红光的红色子像素、第三颜色子像素13可以为发出绿光的绿色子像素。例如，第一颜色子像素11的发光区101和第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的形状均为六边形，第三颜色子像素13的发光区101的形状为四边形。例如，第一颜色子像素11、第二颜色子像素12以及第三颜色子像素13沿一方向依次循环排列以形成一子像素组，如在Y方向循环排列以形成一子像素组，多个像素组在另一方向上排列，如在X方向上排列，且在上述一方向，如Y方向上错开分布。例如，多个子像素10可以排列为Delta像素排列。
例如，围绕不同子像素10的限定结构200之间设置有间隔。例如，围绕各子像素10的限定结构200可以为闭合环状结构。例如，围绕各子像素10的限定结构200可以围绕第一电极110且覆盖第一电极110的一圈边缘。
例如，如图15和图16所示，围绕各子像素10的限定结构200中被像素限定图案的第二开口402暴露的部分包括隔离部210。本示例中的限定结构可以与上述示例中显示基板中的限定结构具有相同的层叠结构特征，在此不再赘述。
例如，如图15和图16所示，多条通路300包括多条主干通路310和多条分支通路320。图16所示显示基板中的主干通路和分支通路与图2所示显示基板中的主干通路和分支通路具有相同的定义，在此不再赘述。
例如，如图15和图16所示，多条主干通路310的延伸方向均相同。例如，分支通路320的两端可以均与沿X方向延伸的主干通路310连接。
例如，如图15和图16所示，主干通路310经过第一颜色子像素11的发光区101。例如，一条分支通路320可以经过第一颜色子像素11的发光区101、第二颜色子像素12的发光区101以及第三颜色子像素13的发光区101的至少之一。
例如，如图15和图16所示，第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的一条边对应的限定结构200被第二开口420暴露以形成隔离部210，该发光区101的其他边对应的限定结构200被像素限定部401覆盖，例如，该隔离部210设置在同一子像素组中的第一颜色子像素11与第二颜色子像素12之间。通过在第一颜色子像素与第二颜色子像素之间设置隔离部，可以降低第一颜色子像素与第二颜色子像素之间发生串扰的几率。
例如，第二电极120的主干通路310穿过第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的其他边。
例如，如图15和图16所示，第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的三条边对应设置的限定结构200被第二开口420暴露以形成隔离部210，该发光区101的其他边对应的限定结构200被像素限定部401覆盖，如该隔离部210位于同一子像素组中的第二颜色子像素12与第三颜色子像素13之间，以及位于相邻子像素组中的第一颜色子像素11和第二颜色子像素12之间。通过在同一子像素组的第三颜色子像素与第二颜色子像素设置隔离部，且在相邻子像素组的第一颜色子像素与第二颜色子像素之间设置隔离部，可以降低同一子像素组的第三颜色子像素与第二颜色子像素之间发生串扰的几率以及相邻子像素组的第一颜色子像素与第二颜色子像素之间发生串扰的几率。
例如，第二电极120的分支通路320穿过第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的其他边以及同一组的相邻第一颜色子像素11与第二颜色子像素12之间的间隔。
例如，如图15和图16所示，第三颜色子像素13的发光区101的各边对应设置的限定结构200均被第二开口420暴露以形成隔离部210，且至少两条 边的部分被像素限定部401覆盖以使得隔离部210形成为非闭合环状的隔离部210。例如，该隔离部210位于同一子像素组的第一颜色子像素11与第三颜色子像素13之间，且位于相邻子像素组的第三颜色子像素13与第二颜色子像素12之间，以及相邻子像素组的第三颜色子像素13与第一颜色子像素11之间。通过在同一子像素组的第三颜色子像素与第一颜色子像素之间设置隔离部，且在相邻子像素组的第一颜色子像素与第二颜色子像素以及相邻子像素组的第三颜色子像素与第一颜色子像素之间设置隔离部，可以降低同一子像素组中相邻子像素之间发生串扰的几率以及相邻子像素组的相邻子像素之间发生串扰的几率。
例如，第二电极120的分支通路320穿过第三颜色子像素13的发光区101的非闭合环状的隔离部210设置的缺口。
本示例提供的显示基板中，通过设置最少的隔离部以在起到高效的隔离效果以降低串扰的同时，使得第二电极的电阻不会明显增大。
图17-图18为根据本公开实施例提供的另一种显示基板的局部平面结构示意图。图17示出了发光元件的第一电极，没有示出发光元件的第二电极，图18示出了发光元件的第二电极，没有示出发光元件的第一电极。图15至图18所示显示基板与图1所示显示基板的不同之处在于在像素排列不同，且隔离部形状以及位置不同。图18示意性的示出了通路的路径，没有示出通路的形状，该显示基板中第二电极包括宽度不均匀的通路，通路中宽度最宽的位置在衬底基板上的正投影与发光区在衬底基板上的正投影交叠。本示例中的衬底基板、绝缘层以及发光元件与图1所示的衬底基板、绝缘层以及发光元件具有相同的特征，在此不再赘述。
例如，如图17和图18所示，子像素10包括第一颜色子像素11、第二颜色子像素12以及第三颜色子像素13。例如，第一颜色子像素11可以为发出蓝光的蓝色子像素、第二颜色子像素12可以为发出红光的红色子像素、第三颜色子像素13可以为发出绿光的绿色子像素。例如，第一颜色子像素11的发光区101、第二颜色子像素12的发光区101以及第三颜色子像素13的发光区101的形状均为四边形。例如，第一颜色子像素11和第二颜色子像素12沿一方向交替排列，如沿Y方向交替排列以形成第一子像素组，且第一颜色子像素11与第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的中心连线与沿Y方向延伸的直线之间的夹角较大，如3～10度。例如，第三颜色子像素13沿上述一方向，如Y方向排 列以形成第二子像素组，第一子像素组与第二子像素组在另一方向，如X方向上交替排列。例如，多个子像素10排列为鼎形像素排列。
例如，如图17和图18所示，围绕不同子像素10的限定结构200可以一体化设置，也可以设置间隔。例如，围绕各子像素10的限定结构200可以围绕第一电极110且覆盖第一电极110的一圈边缘。
例如，如图17和图18所示，围绕各子像素10的限定结构200中被像素限定图案的第二开口402暴露的部分包括隔离部210。本示例中的限定结构可以与上述示例中显示基板中的限定结构具有相同的层叠结构特征，在此不再赘述。
例如，如图17和图18所示，多条通路300包括多条主干通路310和多条分支通路320。图18所示显示基板中的主干通路和分支通路与图2所示显示基板中的主干通路和分支通路具有相同的定义，在此不再赘述。
例如，如图17和图18所示，多条主干通路310包括延伸方向相交的第一主干通路311和第二主干通路312，第一主干通路311与第二主干通路312是连通的，第二电极120传输的电荷可以在第一主干通路311和第二主干通路312中传输。例如，第一主干通路311和第二主干通路312之一沿X方向延伸，另一个沿Y方向延伸。
例如，如图17和图18所示，分支通路320的两端分别与延伸方向相同的主干通路310连接。例如，分支通路320的延伸方向与主干通路310的延伸方向不同。
例如，如图17和图18所示，主干通路310经过第一颜色子像素11的发光区101和第二颜色子像素12的发光区101。例如，第一主干通路311经过第一颜色子像素11的发光区101和第二颜色子像素12的发光区101。例如，分支通路320经过第三颜色子像素13的发光区101。
例如，如图17和图18所示，围绕第一颜色子像素11的发光区101的一圈限定结构200没有被像素限定图案的第二开口420暴露。例如，围绕第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的一圈限定结构200中，位于第二颜色子像素与第三颜色子像素13之间的至少部位被第二开口420暴露以形成隔离部210。例如，围绕第二颜色子像素12的发光区101的一圈限定结构200中，位于第三颜色子像素13与第一颜色子像素11之间的至少部分，以及位于第三颜色子像素13与第二颜色子像素12之间的至少部分被第二开口420暴露以形成隔离部 210。例如，围绕任意子像素10的发光区101的隔离部210均为非闭合环状的隔离部210。
本示例提供的显示基板中，通过设置最少的隔离部以在起到高效的隔离效果以降低串扰的同时，使得第二电极的电阻不会明显增大。
在上述各实施例中，位于显示区域边缘的至少部分子像素的远离显示区域中心一侧可以不设置限定结构，以提高第二电极在显示区域边缘位置处的连续性。
本公开另一实施例提供一种显示基板，包括：衬底基板；多个子像素，位于所述衬底基板上，至少部分子像素中的每个子像素包括发光元件，所述发光元件包括发光区，所述发光元件包括发光功能层以及沿垂直于所述衬底基板的方向位于所述发光功能层两侧的第一电极和第二电极，所述第一电极位于所述发光功能层与所述衬底基板之间，所述发光功能层包括多个膜层。至少两个相邻子像素之间设置有隔离部，所述发光功能层中的至少一层以及所述第二电极的至少部分在所述隔离部的边缘处断开，且相邻设置的子像素的所述第二电极至少部分连续设置以形成网状通路；所述网状通路包括交叉设置的多条通路，至少一条通路为宽度不均匀设置的通路。本实施例中的衬底基板、子像素以及隔离部可以与上述任一实施例中的衬底基板、子像素以及隔离部具有相同的特征。
如图11和图12所示，所述宽度不均匀设置的通路300的至少部分边缘为所述隔离部210的边缘，所述宽度不均匀设置的通路300包括与所述发光区101交叠的第一通路部3011以及位于所述发光区101以外位置的第二通路部3012，与所述宽度不均匀设置的通路300的延伸方向垂直的直线包括经过所述第一通路部3011在所述衬底基板01上的正投影的第一直线以及经过所述第二通路部3012在所述衬底基板01上的正投影的第二直线，所述第一直线与位于所述第一通路部3011两侧的所述隔离部210的边缘在所述衬底基板01上正投影的两个交点连线的长度为第一连线长度L31，所述第二直线与位于所述第二通路部3012两侧的所述隔离部210的边缘在所述衬底基板01上正投影的两个交点连线的长度为第二连线长度L32，所述第一连线长度L31不小于所述第二连线长度L32。
本公开提供的显示基板中设置的隔离部在隔断发光功能层的至少一层以及第二电极的至少部分的同时，通过对隔离部的形状的设置以使得第二电极形 成网状通路，且网状通路中在对应发光区的位置处的第一通路部的两侧隔离部边缘之间的距离不小于对应发光区以外的第二通路部的两侧隔离部边缘之间的距离，进而实现在降低相邻子像素之间产生的串扰的同时，提高第二电极导通效果，尽量保证第二电极电阻不增加，有利于避免显示基板产生功耗过高以及亮度均一性问题。
如图1至图18所示，本公开实施例提供一种显示基板，包括：衬底基板；多个子像素，位于所述衬底基板上，至少部分子像素中的每个子像素包括发光元件，所述发光元件包括发光区，所述发光元件包括发光功能层以及沿垂直于所述衬底基板的方向位于所述发光功能层两侧的第一电极和第二电极，所述第一电极位于所述发光功能层与所述衬底基板之间，所述发光功能层包括多个膜层，所述第二电极覆盖各子像素的发光区；像素限定图案，位于所述第二电极与所述衬底基板之间，且位于所述第一电极远离所述衬底基板的一侧，所述像素限定图案包括多个第一开口，一个子像素对应至少一个第一开口，所述子像素的发光元件至少部分位于所述子像素对应的所述第一开口中，且所述第一开口被配置为暴露所述第一电极；其中，所述像素限定图案还包括多个第二开口，所述多个第二开口位于至少部分子像素之间，所述发光功能层中的至少一层以及所述第二电极的至少部分在所述第二开口处断开，有利于降低相邻子像素之间产生的串扰。
在一些示例中，如图1至图18所示，各第二开口内设置有至少一个隔离部，所述发光功能层中的至少一层以及所述第二电极的至少部分在所述隔离部处断开。
在一些示例中，如图1至图18所示，所述隔离部的部分边缘在所述衬底基板上的正投影与其所在的所述第二开口的边缘在所述衬底基板上的正投影之间设置有间隔，有利于实现隔离部的边缘位置对发光功能层的隔断。
在一些示例中，如图1至图18所示，在垂直于所述隔离部的延伸方向上位于该隔离部两侧的子像素的发光区的两个边缘与该隔离部的被所述第二开口暴露的边缘之间的距离不同，有利于提高第二电极导通效果，尽量保证第二电极电阻不增加，有利于避免显示基板产生功耗过高以及亮度均一性问题。
在一些示例中，如图1至图18所示，至少一个子像素的发光区周围设置有至少一个第二开口。
在一些示例中，如图1至图18所示，所述第二电极中围绕所述第二开口 的部分包括闭合环状结构，以使得第二电极的形状可以为网状结构，有利于提高第二电极的导通效果。
在一些示例中，如图1至图18所示，与所述子像素的发光区交叠的第二电极和位于所述第二开口远离所述发光区的第二电极为连续结构，有利于提高第二电极导通效果，尽量保证第二电极电阻不增加，有利于避免显示基板产生功耗过高以及亮度均一性问题。
在一些示例中，如图1至图18所示，在垂直于所述隔离部的延伸方向上位于该隔离部两侧的子像素的第二电极在所述第二开口以外位置处连接，有利于提高第二电极导通效果，尽量保证第二电极电阻不增加。
在一些示例中，如图1至图18所示，围绕至少一个子像素的发光区的所述第二开口为非闭合环状结构，以使得第二电极在非闭合环状的第二开口的缺口位置处连续设置。
在一些示例中，如图1至图18所示，至少一个子像素的发光区的形状包括多边形，且所述多边形的每条边远离所述发光区中心的一侧均设置有所述第二开口，有利于降低相邻子像素之间的串扰。
在一些示例中，如图1至图18所示，所述第二开口的边界包括延伸方向与行方向和列方向均相交的部分。
在一些示例中，如图1至图18所示，所述第二开口的边缘包括延伸方向与行方向和列方向其中之一平行的部分。
在一些示例中，如图1至图18所示，所述多个子像素包括多个第一颜色子像素、多个第二颜色子像素以及多个第三颜色子像素，所述多个子像素排列为沿第一方向交替设置的多个第一子像素组和多个第二子像素组，各第一子像素组包括沿第二方向交替设置的所述第一颜色子像素和所述第二颜色子像素，各第二子像素组包括沿所述第二方向排列的所述第三颜色子像素，所述第一方向与所述第二方向相交。
在一些示例中，如图1至图18所示，所述第二开口包括围绕至少一个第一颜色子像素的非闭合环状的第一开口部，所述非闭合环状的第一开口部设置有第一缺口，所述第一缺口与所述第一颜色子像素的边和角部的至少之一相对设置。
在一些示例中，如图1至图18所示，所述第二开口包括围绕至少一个第二颜色子像素的非闭合环状的第二开口部，所述非闭合环状的第二开口部设置 有第二缺口，所述第二缺口与所述第二颜色子像素的边和角部的至少之一相对设置。
在一些示例中，如图1至图18所示，所述第二开口包括围绕至少一个第三颜色子像素的非闭合环状的第三开口部，所述非闭合环状的第三开口部设置有第三缺口，所述第三缺口与所述第三颜色子像素的边和角部的至少之一相对设置。
在一些示例中，如图1至图18所示，所述第一开口部位于相邻设置的所述第一颜色子像素和所述第三颜色子像素之间，或者，所述第一开口部位于相邻设置的所述第一颜色子像素和所述第二颜色子像素之间。
在一些示例中，如图1至图18所示，所述第二开口部位于相邻设置的所述第二颜色子像素和所述第三颜色子像素之间，或者，所述第二开口部位于相邻设置的所述第一颜色子像素和所述第二颜色子像素之间。
在一些示例中，如图1至图18所示，所述第三开口部位于相邻设置的所述第二颜色子像素和所述第三颜色子像素之间，或者，所述第二开口部位于相邻设置的所述第一颜色子像素和所述第三颜色子像素之间。
在一些示例中，如图1至图18所示，所述第一缺口的尺寸与所述第二缺口的尺寸不同。
在一些示例中，如图1至图18所示，所述第一颜色子像素和所述第二颜色子像素之间包括相邻设置的所述第一开口部和所述第二开口部，相邻设置的所述第一开口部与所述第二开口部之间的最小距离为第一间隔距离L001，围绕所述第一颜色子像素的所述第一开口部在相邻设置的所述第一开口部和所述第二开口部的排列方向上的最大间隔距离(如图11所示经过第一颜色子像素的发光区的中心的直线与围绕该发光区的第一开口部的靠近发光区中心的边缘的两个交点之间的距离)为第二间隔距离L002，围绕所述第二颜色子像素的所述第二开口部在相邻设置的所述第一开口部和所述第二开口部的排列方向上的最大间隔距离为第三间隔距离L003，所述第二间隔距离和所述第三间隔距离均大于所述第一间隔距离。通过对不同位置的开口部之间的间隔距离的设置，可以使得第二电极在覆盖发光区的位置具有较大的尺寸，在保证子像素正常显示的同时，提高第二电极在发光区以外位置处的导通效果。
在一些示例中，如图1至图18所示，所述显示基板还包括位于所述像素限定图案与所述衬底基板之间的绝缘层，所述隔离部位于所述绝缘层远离所述 衬底基板的表面，所述第二开口中除所述隔离部以外位置设置有所述绝缘层。
本实施例中第二开口的分布可以与上述实施例中隔离部的分布相同，关于第二开口的分布可以参考隔离部的分布。
本公开实施例提供一种显示基板，包括衬底基板以及位于衬底基板上的多个子像素。至少部分子像素中的每个子像素包括发光元件，所述发光元件包括发光区，所述发光元件包括发光功能层以及沿垂直于所述衬底基板的方向位于所述发光功能层两侧的第一电极和第二电极，所述第一电极位于所述发光功能层与所述衬底基板之间，所述发光功能层包括多个膜层。至少两个相邻子像素之间设置有隔离部，所述发光功能层中的至少一层以及所述第二电极的至少部分在所述隔离部的边缘处断开，且相邻设置的子像素的所述第二电极至少部分连续设置以形成网状通路；所述至少部分子像素中的所述第二电极在所述衬底基板上的正投影在一方向上的长度大于沿该方向排列的子像素的发光区在所述衬底基板上的正投影的尺寸之和，所述网状通路包括交叉设置的多条通路，至少一条通路为宽度不均匀设置的通路，且宽度不均匀设置的所述通路中与所述发光区交叠部分的宽度大于与所述发光区以外至少部分位置交叠部分的宽度。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述一方向包括行方向或列方向。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述多个子像素包括不同颜色子像素，所述通路与不同颜色子像素的发光区交叠部分的宽度不同。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述隔离部的边缘包括延伸方向与所述行方向和所述列方向均相交的部分。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述隔离部的边缘包括延伸方向与所述行方向和所述列方向其中之一平行的部分。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述多条通路包括多条主干通路和多条分支通路，所述多条主干通路穿过所述至少部分子像素所在区域，至少一条分支通路的两端分别与延伸方向相交的主干通路连接，或者至少一条分支通路的两端均与延伸方向相同的主干通路连接。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述多条主干通路包括延伸方向相交的第一主干通路和第二主干通路；至少一条分支通路的两端分别与所述第一主干通路和所述第二主干通路连接；或者，至少一条分支通路的两端均与所述第一主干通路和所述第二主干通路之一连接。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述多个子像素包括多个第一颜色子像素、多个第二颜色子像素以及多个第三颜色子像素，所述多个子像素排列为沿第一方向交替设置的多个第一子像素组和多个第二子像素组，各第一子像素组包括沿第二方向交替设置的所述第一颜色子像素和所述第二颜色子像素，各第二子像素组包括沿所述第二方向排列的所述第三颜色子像素，所述第一方向与所述第二方向相交。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述多条通路包括多条主干通路，所述多条主干通路穿过所述至少部分子像素所在区域，至少一个主干通路与一个所述第二子像素组中的所有第三颜色子像素的发光区均有交叠。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述多条主干通路还包括穿过所述第一子像素组的主干通路。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述多条主干通路包括延伸方向相交的第一主干通路和第二主干通路，所述多条通路还包括多条分支通路，至少一条分支通路的两端分别与所述第一主干通路和所述第二主干通路连接；所述至少一条分支通路穿过所述第一颜色子像素和所述第二颜色子像素的至少之一。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述隔离部包括围绕至少一个第一颜色子像素的非闭合环状的第一隔离部，所述非闭合环状的第一隔离部设置有至少两个第一缺口，所述至少一条分支通路穿过所述第一缺口以与所述主干通路连接。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述隔离部包括围绕至少一个第二颜色子像素的非闭合环状的第二隔离部，所述非闭合环状的第二隔离部设置有至少两个第二缺口，所述至少一条分支通路穿过所述第二缺口以与所述主干通路连接。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述至少一条分支通路穿过所述至少两个第一缺口，所述至少两个第一缺口包括位于所述第一颜色子像素的发光区在所述第一方向上的一侧的一个第一缺口以及位于所述第一颜色子像素的发光区在所述第二方向上的一侧的一个第一缺口。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述至少一条分支通路穿过所述至少两个第二缺口，所述至少两个第二缺口包括位于所述第二颜色子像素的发光区在所述第一方向上的一侧的一个第二缺口以及位于所述第二颜色子像素的发光区在所述第二方向上的一侧的一个第二缺口。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述第一缺口被配置为暴露所述第一颜色子像素的发光区的至少一个角部。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述至少一个第一颜色子像素的发光区的每条边或其延长线依次连接形成多边形，且所述多边形的多个顶角存在与对应的发光区的多个角部不交叠的区域；所述至少一个第一颜色子像素的发光区包括至少一个特定角部，所述特定角部和与其对应的所述多边形的顶角不交叠的区域面积大于至少部分其他角部中各角部和与该角部对应的多边形的顶角不交叠的区域面积；至少部分所述第一缺口被配置为暴露至少部分特定角部。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述第一隔离部的至少部分位于在第三方向上相邻设置的所述第一颜色子像素和所述第三颜色子像素之间，所述第一方向和所述第二方向均与所述第三方向相交；所述第一隔离部与所述第一颜色子像素的发光区的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第一距离，所述第一隔离部与所述第三颜色子像素的发光区的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第二距离，所述第一距离小于所述第二距离。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述第二隔离部的至少部分位于在第三方向上相邻设置的所述第二颜色子像素和所述第三颜色子像素之间，所述第一方向和所述第二方向均与所述第三方向相交；所述第二隔离部与所述第二颜色子像素的发光区的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第三距离，所述第二隔离部与所述第三颜色子像素的发光区的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第四距离，所述第三距离小于所述第四距离。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述隔离部包括围绕至少一个第三颜色子像素的非闭合环状的第三隔离部，所述非闭合环状的第三隔离部设置有暴露所述第三颜色子像素的发光区的角部的至少两个第三缺口，所述至少一条主干通路穿过所述第三缺口。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述第三隔离部位于在第三方向上相邻设置的所述第一颜色子像素与所述第三颜色子像素之间，所述第一方向和所述第二方向均与所述第三方向相交，所述第三隔离部与所述第三颜色子像素的发光区的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第五距离，所述第三隔离部与所述第一颜色子像素的发光区的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第六距离，所述第五距离小于所述第六距离；和/或，所述第三隔离部位于在第三方向上相邻设置的所述第二颜色子像素与所述第三颜色子像素之间，所述第一方向和所述第二方向均与所述第三方向相交，所述第三隔离部与所述第三颜色子像素的发光区的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第五距离，所述第三隔离部与所述第二颜色子像素的发光区的 彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第七距离，所述第五距离小于所述第七距离。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述隔离部还包括第四隔离部，所述第四隔离部位于沿所述第二方向或者沿所述第一方向排列的相邻所述第一颜色子像素和所述第二颜色子像素之间。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述隔离部包括围绕至少一个第一颜色子像素的非闭合环状的第一隔离部，所述非闭合环状的第一隔离部设置有暴露所述第一颜色子像素的发光区的角部的至少两个第一缺口，所述至少两个第一缺口包括相对设置的两个第一缺口，所述主干通路穿过所述两个第一缺口。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述隔离部包括围绕至少一个第二颜色子像素的非闭合环状的第二隔离部，所述非闭合环状的第二隔离部设置有暴露所述第二颜色子像素的发光区的角部的至少两个第二缺口，所述至少两个第二缺口包括相对设置的两个第二缺口，所述第二缺口与所述第一缺口相对设置以使所述主干通路穿过所述第一缺口和所述第二缺口。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述第一隔离部的至少部分位于在第三方向上相邻设置的所述第一颜色子像素和所述第三颜色子像素之间，所述第一方向和所述第二方向均与所述第三方向相交；所述第一隔离部与所述第一颜色子像素的发光区的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第一距离，所述第一隔离部与所述第三颜色子像素的发光区的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第二距离，所述第一距离小于所述第二距离。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述第二隔离部的至少部分位于在第三方向上相邻设置的所述第二颜色子像素和所述第三颜色子像素之间，所述第一方向和所述第二方向均与所述第三方向相交；所述第二隔离部与所述第二颜色子像素的发光区的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第三距离，所述第二隔离部与所述第三颜色子像素的发光区的彼此靠近的边缘之间的距离为第四距离，所述第三距离小于所述第四距离。
例如，根据本公开实施例，在所述第一方向上相邻的所述第一隔离部与所述第二隔离部之间的间隔不小于所述第一缺口在所述第二方向上的尺寸，以及所述第二缺口在所述第二方向上的尺寸。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述隔离部包括围绕至少一个第三颜色子像素的非闭合环状的第三隔离部，所述非闭合环状的第三隔离部设置有暴露所述第三颜色子像素的发光区的角部的至少两个第三缺口，所述至少两个第三缺口包 括相对设置的两个第三缺口，所述主干通路穿过所述相对设置的两个第三缺口、在所述第一方向上相邻设置的所述第三隔离部之间的间隔以及在所述第二方向上相邻设置的所述第三隔离部之间的间隔。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述第三隔离部的至少部分位于相邻设置的所述第二颜色子像素和所述第三颜色子像素之间，和/或，所述第三隔离部的至少部分位于相邻设置的所述第一颜色子像素和所述第三颜色子像素之间。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述第一颜色子像素的发光区包括多个角部；所述隔离部包括围绕至少一个第一颜色子像素的非闭合环状的第一隔离部，所述非闭合环状的第一隔离部设置有暴露所述多个角部的至少两个角部的至少两个第一缺口，所述至少两个第一缺口包括尺寸不同的两个第一缺口。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述第一颜色子像素的发光区包括四个角部，所述四个角部包括在所述第一方向上相对设置的两个第一角部以及在所述第二方向上相对设置的两个第二角部；暴露所述第一角部的第一缺口的尺寸与暴露所述第二角部的第一缺口的尺寸不同。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述第二颜色子像素的发光区包括多个角部；所述隔离部包括围绕至少一个第二颜色子像素的非闭合环状的第二隔离部，所述非闭合环状的第二隔离部设置有暴露所述多个角部的至少两个角部的至少两个第二缺口，所述至少两个第二缺口包括尺寸不同的两个第二缺口。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述第二颜色子像素的发光区包括四个角部，所述四个角部包括在所述第一方向上相对设置的两个第三角部以及在所述第二方向上相对设置的两个第四角部；暴露所述第三角部的第二缺口的尺寸与暴露所述第四角部的第二缺口的尺寸不同。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述隔离部包括围绕至少一个第一颜色子像素的非闭合环状的第一隔离部，所述非闭合环状的第一隔离部设置有暴露所述第一颜色子像素的发光区的至少两条边的至少两个第一缺口，所述主干通路穿过所述两个第一缺口。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述隔离部包括围绕至少一个第二颜色子像素的非闭合环状的第二隔离部，所述非闭合环状的第二隔离部设置有暴露所述第二颜色子像素的发光区的至少两条边的至少两个第二缺口，所述第一隔离部与所述第二隔离部相对设置。
例如，根据本公开实施例，显示基板还包括：像素限定图案，位于所述第 一电极远离所述衬底基板的一侧；绝缘层，位于所述像素限定图案与所述衬底基板之间。所述像素限定图案包括多个第一开口，一个子像素对应至少一个第一开口，所述子像素的发光元件至少部分位于所述子像素对应的所述第一开口中，且所述第一开口被配置为暴露所述第一电极；所述像素限定图案还包括第二开口，所述第二开口被配置为暴露所述隔离部，所述隔离部位于所述发光功能层与所述绝缘层之间。
例如，根据本公开实施例，显示基板还包括：限定结构，位于所述发光功能层与所述绝缘层之间。所述限定结构围绕所述至少部分子像素中的每个子像素的发光区，所述限定结构中被所述第二开口暴露的部分包括所述隔离部。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述限定结构的至少部分位于所述第一电极远离所述衬底基板的一侧。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述限定结构的至少部分位于所述第一电极与所述绝缘层之间。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述绝缘层远离所述衬底基板一侧包括突出部，所述突出部在所述衬底基板上的正投影与所述限定结构在所述衬底基板上的正投影交叠，且所述隔离部与所述突出部接触。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述隔离部的材料包括无机非金属材料，所述绝缘层的材料包括有机材料；所述突出部在所述衬底基板上的正投影完全位于所述隔离部在所述衬底基板上的正投影内。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述隔离部的至少部分边缘相对于所述突出部的边缘突出的尺寸小于1微米。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述隔离部包括一层膜层，或者，所述隔离部包括层叠设置的第一隔离结构层和第二隔离结构层，所述第一隔离结构层位于所述第二隔离结构层远离所述衬底基板的一侧，所述第一隔离结构层的边缘相对于所述第二隔离结构层的边缘突出，或者，所述隔离部包括依次层叠设置的第一隔离结构层、第二隔离结构层以及第三隔离结构层，所述第一隔离结构层的边缘和所述第三隔离结构层的边缘均相对于所述第二隔离结构层的边缘突出。
例如，根据本公开实施例，所述发光功能层的至少一层膜层包括电荷产生层，所述发光功能层包括层叠设置的第一发光层、所述电荷产生层以及第二发光层，所述电荷产生层位于所述第一发光层与所述第二发光层之间，且所述电 荷产生层在所述隔离部的边缘处断开。
本公开实施例提供一种显示基板，包括：衬底基板；多个子像素，位于所述衬底基板上，至少部分子像素中的每个子像素包括发光元件，所述发光元件包括发光区，所述发光元件包括发光功能层以及沿垂直于所述衬底基板的方向位于所述发光功能层两侧的第一电极和第二电极，所述第一电极位于所述发光功能层与所述衬底基板之间，所述发光功能层包括多个膜层。至少两个相邻子像素之间设置有隔离部，所述发光功能层中的至少一层以及所述第二电极的至少部分在所述隔离部的边缘处断开，且相邻设置的子像素的所述第二电极至少部分连续设置以形成网状通路；所述网状通路包括交叉设置的多条通路，至少一条通路为宽度不均匀设置的通路，所述宽度不均匀设置的通路的至少部分边缘为所述隔离部的边缘，所述宽度不均匀设置的通路包括与所述发光区交叠的第一通路部以及位于所述发光区以外位置的第二通路部，与所述宽度不均匀设置的通路的延伸方向垂直的直线包括经过所述第一通路部在所述衬底基板上的正投影的第一直线以及经过所述第二通路部在所述衬底基板上的正投影的第二直线，所述第一直线与位于所述第一通路部两侧的所述隔离部的边缘在所述衬底基板上正投影的两个交点连线的长度为第一连线长度，所述第二直线与位于所述第二通路部两侧的所述隔离部的边缘在所述衬底基板上正投影的两个交点连线的长度为第二连线长度，所述第一连线长度不小于所述第二连线长度。
图19为根据本公开另一实施例提供的显示装置的示意框图。如图19所示，本公开实施例提供的显示装置包括上述任一种显示基板。
例如，该显示装置还包括位于显示基板出光侧的盖板。
例如，该显示装置可以为有机发光二极管显示装置等显示器件以及包括该显示装置的电视、数码相机、手机、手表、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、导航仪等任何具有显示功能的产品或者部件，本实施例不限于此。
有以下几点需要说明：
(1)本公开的实施例附图中，只涉及到与本公开实施例涉及到的结构，其他结构可参考通常设计。
(2)在不冲突的情况下，本公开的同一实施例及不同实施例中的特征可以相互组合。
以上所述仅是本公开的示范性实施方式，而非用于限制本公开的保护范围， 本公开的保护范围由所附的权利要求确定。

Claims (24)

  1. 一种显示基板，包括：
    衬底基板；
    多个子像素，位于所述衬底基板上，至少部分子像素中的每个子像素包括发光元件，所述发光元件包括发光区，所述发光元件包括发光功能层以及沿垂直于所述衬底基板的方向位于所述发光功能层两侧的第一电极和第二电极，所述第一电极位于所述发光功能层与所述衬底基板之间，所述发光功能层包括多个膜层，所述第二电极覆盖各子像素的发光区；
    像素限定图案，位于所述第二电极与所述衬底基板之间，且位于所述第一电极远离所述衬底基板的一侧，所述像素限定图案包括多个第一开口，一个子像素对应至少一个第一开口，所述子像素的发光元件至少部分位于所述子像素对应的所述第一开口中，且所述第一开口被配置为暴露所述第一电极；
    其中，所述像素限定图案还包括多个第二开口，所述多个第二开口位于至少部分子像素之间，所述发光功能层中的至少一层以及所述第二电极的至少部分在所述第二开口处断开。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的显示基板，其中，各第二开口内设置有至少一个隔离部，所述发光功能层中的至少一层以及所述第二电极的至少部分在所述隔离部处断开。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的显示基板，其中，所述隔离部的部分边缘在所述衬底基板上的正投影与其所在的所述第二开口的边缘在所述衬底基板上的正投影之间设置有间隔。
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的显示基板，其中，在垂直于所述隔离部的延伸方向上位于该隔离部两侧的子像素的发光区的两个边缘与该隔离部的被所述第二开口暴露的边缘之间的距离不同。
  5. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的显示基板，其中，至少一个子像素的发光区周围设置有至少一个第二开口。
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的显示基板，其中，所述第二电极中围绕所述第二开口的部分包括闭合环状结构。
  7. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的显示基板，其中，与所述子像素的发光区交叠的第二电极和位于所述第二开口远离所述发光区的第二电极为连续结 构。
  8. 根据权利要求2-4任一项所述的显示基板，其中，在垂直于所述隔离部的延伸方向上位于该隔离部两侧的子像素的所述第二电极在所述第二开口以外位置处连接。
  9. 根据权利要求1-8任一项所述的显示基板，其中，围绕至少一个子像素的发光区的所述第二开口为非闭合环状结构。
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的显示基板，其中，至少一个子像素的发光区的形状包括多边形，且所述多边形的每条边远离所述发光区中心的一侧均设置有所述第二开口。
  11. 根据权利要求1-10任一项所述的显示基板，其中，所述第二开口的边界包括延伸方向与行方向和列方向均相交的部分。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的显示基板，其中，所述第二开口的边缘包括延伸方向与行方向和列方向其中之一平行的部分。
  13. 根据权利要求1-12任一项所述的显示基板，其中，所述多个子像素包括多个第一颜色子像素、多个第二颜色子像素以及多个第三颜色子像素，所述多个子像素排列为沿第一方向交替设置的多个第一子像素组和多个第二子像素组，各第一子像素组包括沿第二方向交替设置的所述第一颜色子像素和所述第二颜色子像素，各第二子像素组包括沿所述第二方向排列的所述第三颜色子像素，所述第一方向与所述第二方向相交。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的显示基板，其中，所述第二开口包括围绕至少一个第一颜色子像素的非闭合环状的第一开口部，所述非闭合环状的第一开口部设置有第一缺口，所述第一缺口与所述第一颜色子像素的边和角部的至少之一相对设置。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的显示基板，其中，所述第二开口包括围绕至少一个第二颜色子像素的非闭合环状的第二开口部，所述非闭合环状的第二开口部设置有第二缺口，所述第二缺口与所述第二颜色子像素的边和角部的至少之一相对设置。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的显示基板，其中，所述第二开口包括围绕至少一个第三颜色子像素的非闭合环状的第三开口部，所述非闭合环状的第三开口部设置有第三缺口，所述第三缺口与所述第三颜色子像素的边和角部的至少之一相对设置。
  17. 根据权利要求14-16任一项所述的显示基板，其中，所述第一开口部位于相邻设置的所述第一颜色子像素和所述第三颜色子像素之间，或者，所述第一开口部位于相邻设置的所述第一颜色子像素和所述第二颜色子像素之间。
  18. 根据权利要求15或16所述的显示基板，其中，所述第二开口部位于相邻设置的所述第二颜色子像素和所述第三颜色子像素之间，或者，所述第二开口部位于相邻设置的所述第一颜色子像素和所述第二颜色子像素之间。
  19. 根据权利要求16所述的显示基板，其中，所述第三开口部位于相邻设置的所述第二颜色子像素和所述第三颜色子像素之间，或者，所述第二开口部位于相邻设置的所述第一颜色子像素和所述第三颜色子像素之间。
  20. 根据权利要求15或16所述的显示基板，其中，所述第一缺口的尺寸与所述第二缺口的尺寸不同。
  21. 根据权利要求15或16所述的显示基板，其中，所述第一颜色子像素和所述第二颜色子像素之间包括相邻设置的所述第一开口部和所述第二开口部，相邻设置的所述第一开口部与所述第二开口部之间的最小距离为第一间隔距离，围绕所述第一颜色子像素的所述第一开口部在相邻设置的所述第一开口部和所述第二开口部的排列方向上的最大间隔距离为第二间隔距离，围绕所述第二颜色子像素的所述第二开口部在相邻设置的所述第一开口部和所述第二开口部的排列方向上的最大间隔距离为第三间隔距离，所述第二间隔距离和所述第三间隔距离均大于所述第一间隔距离。
  22. 根据权利要求2-4任一项所述的显示基板，其中，所述显示基板还包括位于所述像素限定图案与所述衬底基板之间的绝缘层，所述隔离部位于所述绝缘层远离所述衬底基板的表面，所述第二开口中除所述隔离部以外位置设置有所述绝缘层。
  23. 根据权利要求2-4以及22任一项所述的显示基板，其中，所述发光功能层的至少一层膜层包括电荷产生层，所述发光功能层包括层叠设置的第一发光层、所述电荷产生层以及第二发光层，所述电荷产生层位于所述第一发光层与所述第二发光层之间，且所述电荷产生层在所述隔离部的边缘处断开。
  24. 一种显示装置，包括权利要求1-23任一项所述的显示基板。
PCT/CN2022/133485 2022-11-22 2022-11-22 显示基板以及显示装置 WO2024108381A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/133485 WO2024108381A1 (zh) 2022-11-22 2022-11-22 显示基板以及显示装置
CN202280004511.3A CN118435720A (zh) 2022-11-22 2022-11-22 显示基板以及显示装置
US18/547,647 US20240306434A1 (en) 2022-11-22 2022-11-22 Display substrate and display device
CN202380010203.6A CN118383101A (zh) 2022-11-22 2023-08-18 显示基板以及显示装置
PCT/CN2023/113736 WO2024109196A1 (zh) 2022-11-22 2023-08-18 显示基板以及显示装置

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/133485 WO2024108381A1 (zh) 2022-11-22 2022-11-22 显示基板以及显示装置

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024108381A1 true WO2024108381A1 (zh) 2024-05-30

Family

ID=91194930

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/133485 WO2024108381A1 (zh) 2022-11-22 2022-11-22 显示基板以及显示装置

Country Status (3)

Country Link
US (1) US20240306434A1 (zh)
CN (1) CN118435720A (zh)
WO (1) WO2024108381A1 (zh)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20210359028A1 (en) * 2018-09-07 2021-11-18 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Display device
US20210408163A1 (en) * 2020-06-26 2021-12-30 Lg Display Co., Ltd. Light Emitting Display Device
CN114628405A (zh) * 2021-11-30 2022-06-14 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 显示基板及其制作方法、以及显示装置
CN114628448A (zh) * 2021-11-30 2022-06-14 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 显示基板及其制作方法和显示装置
CN114628451A (zh) * 2021-11-30 2022-06-14 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 显示基板和显示装置
CN115241266A (zh) * 2022-08-25 2022-10-25 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 一种显示基板及其制备方法、显示装置

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20210359028A1 (en) * 2018-09-07 2021-11-18 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Display device
US20210408163A1 (en) * 2020-06-26 2021-12-30 Lg Display Co., Ltd. Light Emitting Display Device
CN114628405A (zh) * 2021-11-30 2022-06-14 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 显示基板及其制作方法、以及显示装置
CN114628448A (zh) * 2021-11-30 2022-06-14 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 显示基板及其制作方法和显示装置
CN114628451A (zh) * 2021-11-30 2022-06-14 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 显示基板和显示装置
CN115241266A (zh) * 2022-08-25 2022-10-25 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 一种显示基板及其制备方法、显示装置

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20240306434A1 (en) 2024-09-12
CN118435720A (zh) 2024-08-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2023098301A1 (zh) 显示基板和显示装置
KR102514938B1 (ko) 표시장치
JP2017199675A (ja) 有機発光表示装置及びその製造方法
WO2016003141A1 (ko) 투명 유기 발광 표시 장치
KR20190068814A (ko) 전계발광 표시장치
WO2023098089A1 (zh) 显示基板及其制作方法和显示装置
WO2022111116A1 (zh) 显示基板以及显示装置
WO2021016962A1 (zh) 电致发光显示面板及显示装置
US20230165098A1 (en) Display substrate, manufacturing method thereof and three-dimensional display apparatus
JP2013134813A (ja) 表示装置
WO2023098253A1 (zh) 显示基板及其制作方法和显示装置
WO2021217296A1 (zh) 显示基板以及显示装置
KR20200014045A (ko) 전계 발광 표시 장치
CN115513273B (zh) 显示基板以及显示装置
WO2024108381A1 (zh) 显示基板以及显示装置
WO2021103003A1 (zh) 显示面板及显示装置
US20220320385A1 (en) Display panel and fabrication method, and display device
WO2024109196A1 (zh) 显示基板以及显示装置
WO2024092487A1 (zh) 显示基板以及显示装置
WO2024044964A1 (zh) 显示基板及其制作方法、以及显示装置
WO2023230873A1 (zh) 显示基板及显示装置
WO2023098298A1 (zh) 显示基板和显示装置
CN115568251B (zh) 显示面板、其制备方法和终端
US20240224609A1 (en) Bank structure, light emitting display device including bank structure, and method of manufacturing the same
US20230189613A1 (en) Display apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 18547647

Country of ref document: US

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22966081

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 22966081

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022966081

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20240826